LTE ENB Command Description SLR2.3 Ver.1.0

November 19, 2017 | Author: Claudio Ivan Nuñez Barra | Category: I Pv6, Ip Address, Internet Protocols, Computer Architecture, Computer Networking
Share Embed Donate


Short Description

LTE ENB Command Description SLR2.3 Samsung...

Description

2600-00F3QEGA6 Ver.1.0

LTE eNB

Command Description_SLR2.3

COPYRIGHT This manual is proprietary to SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. and is protected by copyright. No information contained herein may be copied, translated, transcribed or duplicated for any commercial purposes or disclosed to the third party in any form without the prior written consent of SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

TRADEMARKS Product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

This manual should be read and used as a guideline for properly installing and operating the product. This manual may be changed for the system improvement, standardization and other technical reasons without prior notice. If you need updated manuals or have any questions concerning the contents of the manuals, contact our Document Center at the following address or Web site: Address: Document C enter 3rd F loor J eong-bo-tong-sin-dong. Dong-Suwon P.O. B ox 1 05, 4 16, Maetan-3dong Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si, Gyeonggi-do, Korea 442-600 Homepage: http://www.samsungdocs.com ©2012 SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved.

LTE eNB Command Description

INTRODUCTION

Purpose This manual provides descriptions on the LTE eNB command.

Document Content and Organization This manual defines each of LTE eNB commands, shows the command format and describes the input/output parameter.

Revision History Version

Date of Issue

Remark

1.0

09. 2012.

First Edition

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

I

INTRODUCTION

This page is intentionally left blank.

II

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS ............................................................................... 1 C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS ......................................................................................... 2 C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................ 3 C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 5 C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIGURATION .......................................................... 7 C0136 RESTORE PLD ........................................................................................................................ 8 C0137 BACKUP PLD .......................................................................................................................... 9 C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ......................................................................................... 11 C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ......................................................................................... 12 C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH ........................................................................................... 13 C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE ............................................................................... 14 C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT ............................................................................................... 15 C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH .......................................................................................... 16 C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE UNIT ................................................................ 17 C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA ......................................................................................... 19 C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT ............................................................................................ 20 C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH ........................................................................................ 21 C0160 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE PACKAGE ................................................................................. 22 C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE .................................................................................................... 23 C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH ....................................................................................... 24 C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA ....................................................................................... 25 C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST ........................................................................ 26 C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................... 28 C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY .......................................................................................................... 30 C0167 RETRIEVE THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION ................................................................... 31 C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE VERSION ............................................................ 32 C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ 33 C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT .................................................................................................. 34

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

III

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT ..................................................................................................... 35 C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S INFORMATION ................................................. 36 C0173 RETRIEVE ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMATION ............................................................. 38 C0174 RETRIEVE LOADING TIME INFORMATION ........................................................................ 39 C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE ......................................................................................................... 40 C0189 RETRIEVE PSU INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 42 C0193 RESET RRH ........................................................................................................................... 44 C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE ................................................................................................ 45 C0207 ACTIVATE PSU FIRMWARE ................................................................................................ 46 C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 47 C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 49 C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................................... 51 C0246 RESET DSP ........................................................................................................................... 53 C0247 RESET GPS ........................................................................................................................... 54 C0249 RESET SCTP ......................................................................................................................... 55 C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST ............................................................................................................ 56 C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB ........................................................................................... 58 C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB ......................................................................................... 59 C0352 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMATION .............................................................. 60 C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA ............................................................................... 61 C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA ................................................................................................... 64 C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA ...................................................................................................... 65 C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST ....................................................................................... 66 C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST ...................................................................................... 67 C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS ..................................................................................................... 69 C0510 EXECUTE TRACE ROUTE TEST ......................................................................................... 71 C0511 RETRIEVE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER ............................................................................. 72 C0512 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ............................................ 74 C0513 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ............................................. 76 C0515 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT ....................................................... 77 C0516 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT ........................................................ 80 C0517 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST RESULT .......................................................... 82 C0520 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA ................................................... 84 C0521 CHANGE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER ............................................................................... 85

IV

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0522 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ...............................................88 C0523 CHANGE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ................................................90 C0525 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA ......................................................91 C0529 RETRIEVE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION .................................................................93 C0530 CHANGE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION ...................................................................95 C0531 EXECUTE ETHERNET LOOPBACK TEST ...........................................................................98 C0534 CREATE ONLINE TEST LIST ................................................................................................99 C0535 DELETE ONLINE TEST LIST ..............................................................................................102 C0536 CHANGE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ................................................103 C0537 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ..............................................105 C0550 START CELL TRAFFIC TRACE ..........................................................................................107 C0551 STOP CELL TRAFFIC TRACE ............................................................................................109 C0552 CHANGE CSL INFORMATION ............................................................................................110 C0553 RETRIEVE TRACE JOB LIST .............................................................................................112 C0554 RETRIEVE CSL INFORMATION .........................................................................................114 C0650 ADD SUBSCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................115 C0651 DELETE SUBSCRIPTION ....................................................................................................117 C0654 RESUME SUBSCRIPTION ..................................................................................................118 C0655 SUSPEND SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................119 C0656 RETRIEVE SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................120 C0657 EXPORT NOTIFICATION LOG RECORDS .........................................................................122 C0661 CHANGE EMS CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................123 C0662 RETRIEVE EMS CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................124 C0700 RETRIEVE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ..........................................................125 C0701 CHANGE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION .............................................................127 C0704 RETRIEVE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION ............................................................129 C0705 CHANGE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION ..............................................................131 C0706 RETRIEVE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION .......................................................133 C0707 CHANGE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION .........................................................135 C0708 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA .......................................................................137 C0709 CHANGE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA ..........................................................................138 C0710 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA ..................................................................140 C0711 CHANGE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA .....................................................................141 C0712 RETRIEVE ACTIVE ALARMS .............................................................................................142

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

V

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C0713 RETRIEVE ALARM LOGS .................................................................................................. 144 C0714 RETRIEVE ALARM INFORMATION ................................................................................... 146 C0750 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR STATUS .................................................................................... 147 C0751 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK STATE/STATUS .................................................................. 148 C0752 RETRIEVE CPU UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 149 C0753 RETRIEVE MEMORY UTILIZATION ................................................................................... 150 C0754 RETRIEVE DISK UTILIZATION ........................................................................................... 151 C0850 RETRIEVE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ............................................................................ 152 C0851 RETRIEVE SYSTEM PHYSICAL RESOURCE(BOARD,UNIT) CONFIGURATION ........... 154 C0853 RETRIEVE DB VERSION .................................................................................................... 156 C0859 RETRIEVE CELL CONFIGURATION .................................................................................. 157 C0860 RETRIEVE NTP CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 159 C0861 CHANGE NTP CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 160 C1743 CREATE VLAN CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 161 C1744 DELETE VLAN CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 163 C1745 CHANGE VLAN CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 164 C1746 RETRIEVE VLAN CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 165 C1747 CHANGE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 166 C1748 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION .............................................................. 169 C1749 CREATE LAG CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 171 C1750 DELETE LAG CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 172 C1751 CHANGE LAG CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 173 C1752 RETRIEVE LAG CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 174 C1905 RETRIEVE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ..................................................................... 175 C1906 CREATE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 177 C1907 DELETE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 179 C1908 RETRIEVE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 180 C1909 CREATE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION .................................................................... 182 C1910 DELETE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ..................................................................... 184 C1911 RETRIEVE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................ 185 C1912 CHANGE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION .............................................. 186 C1913 RETRIEVE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 187 C1914 CREATE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 188 C1915 DELETE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 189

VI

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1916 RETRIEVE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION ......................................................................190 C1917 CREATE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION .........................................................................191 C1918 DELETE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION ..........................................................................192 C1919 CHANGE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................193 C1920 CHANGE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ....................................................................195 C1921 RETRIEVE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................198 C1922 CHANGE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ...............................................199 C1946 CHANGE PAT MAP INFORMATION ...................................................................................200 C1970 RETRIEVE ACL RULE .........................................................................................................202 C1971 CREATE ACL RULE ............................................................................................................205 C1972 DELETE ACL RULE .............................................................................................................210 C1973 RETRIEVE ACL CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................211 C1974 CREATE ACL CONFIGURATION .......................................................................................212 C1975 DELETE ACL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................213 C1976 RETRIEVE QoS CLASS ......................................................................................................214 C1977 CREATE QoS CLASS ..........................................................................................................215 C1978 DELETE QoS CLASS ..........................................................................................................216 C1979 RETRIEVE QoS POLICY .....................................................................................................217 C1980 RETRIEVE SYSTEM IP SELECTION ..................................................................................219 C1981 CHANGE SYSTEM IP SELECTION .....................................................................................220 C1982 RETRIEVE BH QOS CONFIGURATION .............................................................................222 C1983 CREATE BH QOS CONFIGURATION .................................................................................223 C1984 DELETE BH QOS CONFIGURATION .................................................................................224 C1985 RETRIEVE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................225 C1986 CREATE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ...............................................................................226 C1987 DELETE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ...............................................................................227 C1990 CREATE QoS POLICY ........................................................................................................228 C1991 DELETE QoS POLICY .........................................................................................................230 C1992 RETRIEVE SYSDSCP INFORMATION ...............................................................................231 C1993 CHANGE SYSDSCP INFORMATION ..................................................................................233 C1996 RETRIEVE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ..........................................................235 C1997 CHANGE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ............................................................237 C1998 RETRIEVE PAT MAP INFORMATION ................................................................................239 C2000 CHANGE RIM CONTROL ....................................................................................................240

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

VII

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C2002 RETRIEVE TIMER INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 241 C2004 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE ......................................................... 247 C2008 RETRIEVE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ........................................................... 250 C2009 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION ....................................................................... 252 C2010 RETRIEVE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION ................................................................... 254 C2011 RETRIEVE CELL SELECT INFORMATION ........................................................................ 256 C2012 RETRIEVE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................................ 258 C2013 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION ................................................................. 260 C2014 RETRIEVE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION .................................................................. 265 C2015 RETRIEVE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION ........................................................ 266 C2025 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION .............................................................. 271 C2027 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................ 272 C2028 RETRIEVE CELL CAC FUNCTION ..................................................................................... 273 C2029 RETRIEVE ENB CAC FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 276 C2030 RETRIEVE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION .............................................................. 278 C2031 RETRIEVE SON ANR PARAMETERS ................................................................................ 280 C2033 RETRIEVE SRB RLC INFORMATION ................................................................................ 282 C2034 RETRIEVE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION ...................................................................... 284 C2035 RETRIEVE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION .................................................................... 285 C2038 RETRIEVE QCI VALUE INFORMATION ............................................................................. 286 C2039 RETRIEVE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION .......................................................................... 288 C2040 RETRIEVE RLC INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 290 C2041 RETRIEVE PDCP INFORMATION ...................................................................................... 292 C2042 RETRIEVE GTP INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 294 C2043 RETRIEVE PCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 296 C2044 RETRIEVE PDSCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 297 C2045 RETRIEVE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE ....................................................................... 298 C2046 RETRIEVE PRACH CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 299 C2047 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 300 C2048 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 302 C2049 RETRIEVE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION ................................................................. 304 C2050 RETRIEVE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION ................................................... 305 C2051 RETRIEVE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER .................................................... 306 C2052 RETRIEVE BCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 308

VIII

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2053 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE ......................................................................309 C2054 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................................310 C2055 RETRIEVE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION ....................................................................311 C2056 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION ......................................................313 C2057 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION ...........................................................314 C2058 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION .............................................................316 C2059 RETRIEVE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION ..................................................317 C2060 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION .....................................................319 C2061 RETRIEVE DPHY RLF INFORMATION ...............................................................................320 C2062 RETRIEVE DRX INFORMATION .........................................................................................321 C2063 RETRIEVE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION ....................................................................324 C2064 RETRIEVE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION ....................................................................325 C2065 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION ...........................................................326 C2066 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION ....................................................................327 C2067 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................329 C2068 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION ....................................................................334 C2069 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION ............................................................336 C2070 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ...............................................................337 C2073 RETRIEVE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................339 C2074 RETRIEVE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................341 C2075 RETRIEVE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................343 C2076 RETRIEVE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................345 C2077 RETRIEVE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................347 C2078 RETRIEVE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ...................................................349 C2079 RETRIEVE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................351 C2080 RETRIEVE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................353 C2081 RETRIEVE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ......................................................355 C2088 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA ............................................................................357 C2089 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA ...............................................................................358 C2095 RETRIEVE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION ..................................................................359 C2097 RETRIEVE ROHC INFORMATION ......................................................................................361 C2098 RETRIEVE SECURITY INFORMATION ..............................................................................364 C2100 RETRIEVE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION .....................................................................365 C2102 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION .....................................................367

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

IX

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C2105 RETRIEVE MME CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 371 C2106 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS ..................................................... 373 C2107 RETRIEVE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 376 C2108 RETRIEVE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 377 C2112 RETRIEVE SON MRO ......................................................................................................... 378 C2113 RETRIEVE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION ................................................................. 380 C2114 RETRIEVE QCI BH BW INFORMATION ............................................................................. 381 C2115 RETRIEVE SCTP PARAMETER ......................................................................................... 383 C2116 RETRIEVE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION ................................................................... 385 C2117 RETRIEVE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS .................................................... 387 C2120 CHANGE ENB INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 389 C2121 CHANGE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION ............................................................... 391 C2122 CHANGE TIMER INFORMATION ....................................................................................... 393 C2124 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................... 403 C2128 CHANGE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION .............................................................. 408 C2129 CHANGE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION ......................................................................... 410 C2130 CHANGE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION ..................................................................... 412 C2131 CHANGE CELL SELECT INFORMATION .......................................................................... 414 C2132 CHANGE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................................... 417 C2133 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION .................................................................... 419 C2134 CHANGE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION ..................................................................... 427 C2135 CHANGE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION .......................................................... 429 C2145 CHANGE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION ................................................................ 436 C2147 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................... 437 C2148 CHANGE CELL CAC FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 439 C2149 CHANGE ENB FUNCTION .................................................................................................. 444 C2150 CHANGE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION ................................................................. 446 C2151 CHANGE SON ANR PARAMETERS .................................................................................. 448 C2153 CHANGE SRB RLC INFORMATION ................................................................................... 452 C2154 CHANGE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION ........................................................................ 457 C2155 CHANGE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION ....................................................................... 458 C2158 CHANGE QCI VALUE INFORMATION ............................................................................... 459 C2159 CHANGE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION ............................................................................ 463 C2160 CHANGE RLC INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 466

X

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2161 CHANGE PDCP INFORMATION .........................................................................................474 C2162 CHANGE GTP INFORMATION ............................................................................................476 C2163 CHANGE PCCH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................478 C2164 CHANGE PDSCH CONFIGURATION .................................................................................479 C2165 CHANGE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE ..........................................................................481 C2166 CHANGE PRACH CONFIGURATION .................................................................................482 C2167 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION .................................................................................484 C2168 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................486 C2169 CHANGE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION ....................................................................491 C2170 CHANGE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION ......................................................492 C2171 CHANGE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER .......................................................493 C2172 CHANGE BCCH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................496 C2173 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................................497 C2174 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE ..........................................................................498 C2175 CHANGE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION ......................................................................499 C2176 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION ........................................................501 C2177 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION .............................................................502 C2178 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION ................................................................506 C2179 CHANGE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION ....................................................507 C2180 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION .......................................................509 C2181 CHANGE DPHY RLF INFORMATION .................................................................................510 C2182 CHANGE DRX INFORMATION ...........................................................................................512 C2183 CHANGE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION .......................................................................523 C2184 CHANGE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION .......................................................................525 C2185 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION ..............................................................526 C2186 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION ......................................................................529 C2187 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ...............................................................532 C2188 CHANGE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION .......................................................................541 C2189 CHANGE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION ..............................................................543 C2190 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION .................................................................545 C2193 CHANGE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................548 C2194 CHANGE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................552 C2195 CHANGE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................556 C2196 CHANGE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................560

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

XI

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C2197 CHANGE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................ 564 C2198 CHANGE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ..................................................... 568 C2199 CHANGE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION .................................................................. 571 C2200 CHANGE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION .................................................................. 575 C2201 CHANGE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ........................................................ 579 C2208 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA .............................................................................. 582 C2209 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA ................................................................................. 583 C2215 CHANGE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION .................................................................... 585 C2217 CHANGE ROHC INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 587 C2218 CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION ................................................................................ 592 C2220 CHANGE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ....................................................................... 593 C2221 CHANGE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ............................................ 596 C2222 CHANGE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION ....................................................... 603 C2225 CHANGE MME CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 609 C2226 CHANGE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS ....................................................... 612 C2227 CHANGE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS ............................................................................. 616 C2228 CHANGE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS ............................................................................. 617 C2231 CHANGE SON MRO ............................................................................................................ 618 C2232 CHANGE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION ................................................................... 621 C2233 CHANGE QCI BH BW INFORMATION ............................................................................... 622 C2234 CHANGE SCTP PARAMETER ............................................................................................ 625 C2235 CHANGE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION ..................................................................... 627 C2236 CHANGE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS ...................................................... 630 C2237 CHANGE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION .......................................................................... 632 C2238 CREATE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ............................................................... 633 C2239 RETRIEVE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION ........................................................................ 635 C2244 CREATE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ....................................................................... 636 C2245 CREATE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ............................................. 639 C2246 CREATE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION ........................................................ 646 C2249 DELETE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ............................................................... 652 C2255 DELETE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ........................................................................ 653 C2256 DELETE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION .............................................. 654 C2257 DELETE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION ......................................................... 655 C2260 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS ....................................................... 656

XII

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2261 CHANGE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS .........................................................657 C2266 RETRIEVE SON RO .............................................................................................................659 C2267 CHANGE SON RO ...............................................................................................................662 C2272 RETRIEVE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION ..............................................................669 C2273 CHANGE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION ................................................................671 C2274 RETRIEVE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION .................................................................673 C2275 CHANGE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION ....................................................................675 C2276 RETRIEVE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION ....................................................................677 C2277 CHANGE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION ......................................................................679 C2292 RETRIEVE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION .....................................................682 C2303 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ...........................................683 C2304 RETRIEVE SYSTEM UE COUNT ........................................................................................687 C2305 RETRIEVE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION .............................................................688 C2306 RETRIEVE CELL UE COUNT ..............................................................................................690 C2307 CHANGE SRS INFORMATION ............................................................................................692 C2308 RETRIEVE SRS INFORMATION .........................................................................................693 C2309 RETRIEVE INTERWORK PARAMETER .............................................................................694 C2310 RETRIEVE SON LB INFORMATION ...................................................................................695 C2311 CHANGE SON LB INFORMATION .....................................................................................698 C2312 RETRIEVE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION ....................................................702 C2313 CHANGE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION .......................................................703 C2314 RETRIEVE SON SRS PARAMETERS ................................................................................704 C2315 CHANGE SON SRS PARAMETERS ..................................................................................705 C2316 RETRIEVE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION ........707 C2317 CHANGE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION ..........709 C2320 RETRIEVE IDLE MODE LB INFORMATION .......................................................................711 C2321 CHANGE IDLE MODE LB INFORMATION .........................................................................712 C2331 CHANGE INTERWORK PARAMETER ...............................................................................713 C2333 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION .......................................................................714 C2334 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION ..........................................................................718 C2335 RETRIEVE EMERGENCY AREA ID ....................................................................................724 C2336 CHANGE EMERGENCY AREA ID ......................................................................................727 C2338 CHANGE UTRA CARRIER SIB INFORMATION .................................................................731 C2339 RETRIEVE UTRA CARRIER SIB INFORMATION ..............................................................734

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

XIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C2343 RETRIEVE INTERWORKING OPTION ............................................................................... 736 C2344 CHANGE INTERWORKING OPTION .................................................................................. 738 C2370 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ................................................................. 740 C2371 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION .............................................................. 741 C2372 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE1 ................................................................................. 742 C2373 CHANGE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE1 .................................................................................... 747 C2374 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................ 757 C2375 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION .............................................................. 758 C2376 RETRIEVE RIM CONTROL ................................................................................................. 759 C2377 RETRIEVE UTRAN MIB ...................................................................................................... 760 C2378 CHANGE UTRAN MIB ......................................................................................................... 763 C2379 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB1 ........................................................................................................ 768 C2380 CHANGE UTRA SIB1 .......................................................................................................... 770 C2381 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB3 ........................................................................................................ 774 C2382 CHANGE UTRA SIB3 .......................................................................................................... 777 C2383 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB7 ..................................................................................................... 783 C2384 CHANGE UTRAN SIB7 ....................................................................................................... 784 C2385 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB11 ................................................................................................... 785 C2386 CHANGE UTRAN SIB11 ..................................................................................................... 786 C2387 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB RELATION ...................................................................................... 788 C2388 CHANGE UTRA SIB RELATION ......................................................................................... 789 C2389 CHANGE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE 2 ................................................................................... 791 C2390 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB RESERVED .................................................................................. 800 C2391 CHANGE UTRAN SIB RESERVED ..................................................................................... 802 C2394 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE 2 ................................................................................ 805 C2400 RETRIEVE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 809 C2401 CHANGE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 811 C2409 RETRIEVE FEMTO MOBILITY CONFIGURATION ........................................................... 813 C2410 CHANGE FEMTO MOBILITY CONFIGURATION ............................................................... 814 C2412 CHANGE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 816 C2432 RETRIEVE PUCCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 818 C2433 CHANGE PUCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 819 C2435 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 820 C2436 CHANGE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION ................................................................... 821

XIV

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2477 RETRIEVE CELL THROUGHPUT .......................................................................................822 C2480 CHANGE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS ..................................................................823 C2481 RETRIEVE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS ................................................................834 C2484 RETRIEVE QOS CAC QCI PARAMETER FUNCTION .......................................................840 C2485 CHANGE QOS CAC QCI PARAMETER FUNCTION ..........................................................842 C2495 RETRIEVE CHANNELCARD UE COUNT ...........................................................................845 C2499 RETRIEVE ENB INFORMATION .........................................................................................846 C2516 RETRIEVE RRH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................848 C2517 CHANGE RRH CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................852 C2518 RETRIEVE DURU PORT CONFIGURATION ......................................................................857 C2530 RETRIEVE SYSTEM STATE/STATUS ................................................................................858 C2531 RETRIEVE CELL STATE/STATUS .....................................................................................859 C2533 RETRIEVE CELL DATA .......................................................................................................861 C2608 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA .........................................862 C2609 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA ...........................................863 C2614 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ............................865 C2615 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION .............................868 C2632 RETRIEVE RRH STATUS ....................................................................................................870 C2635 RETRIEVE GPSR STATUS .................................................................................................872 C2637 RETRIEVE S1 STATUS .......................................................................................................874 C2639 RETRIEVE PRB USAGE ......................................................................................................876 C2644 RETRIEVE PSU STATUS ....................................................................................................877 C2647 RETRIEVE X2 STATUS .......................................................................................................879 C2803 RETRIEVE CELL COMMON CHANNEL STATE ................................................................880 C2808 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST RESULT ................................................................882 C2809 TERMINATE ONGOING TEST ............................................................................................884 C2811 EXECUTE BER TEST ..........................................................................................................885 C2814 EXECUTE LOOPBACK TEST .............................................................................................887 C2815 EXECUTE MODEL TEST .....................................................................................................889 C2816 EXECUTE OCNS TEST .......................................................................................................891 C2817 EXECUTE OPTIC DATA TEST ............................................................................................892 C2818 MEASURE THE CELL TRANSMITTED POWER ................................................................893 C2819 MEASURE THE ANTENNA VSWR .....................................................................................895 C2821 CHANGE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .......................................................897

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

XV

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C2822 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .................................................... 899 C2862 CHANGE SON ANR FUNCTION SCHEDULES .................................................................. 900 C2863 RETRIEVE SON ANR FUNCTION SCHEDULES ............................................................... 902

XVI

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description

Command Description

C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS Command Format RTRV-BKCM-SESS;

Command Description Retrieves the last execution result in the Bulk CM session. The user can retrieve the session ID, session execution state and detailed execution session state. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description ID

The Bulk CM session ID.

STATE

The state of the last executed Bulk CM (uploadCompleted, downloadCompleted, activationCompleted).

STATE_DETAIL

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The detailed state of the last executed BulkCM.

1

Command Description

C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS Command Format RTRV-CALL-STS: CELL_NUM, [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves E-RAB (E-Utran Radio Access Bearer) by QCI [QoS (Quality of Service) Class Identifier] of the calls in a cell. The command displays the cumulative E-RAB count for 256 QCIs per cell. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.

0~8

NONE

0

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

DRB_CNT

The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) set per QCI.

2

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-CELL-CONF: CELL_NUM, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];

Command Description Changes the cell ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select the cell to be changed. The user can control the cell’s service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the cell to locked, unlocked or shuttingDown. When a cell is set to locked, the cell terminates the current call and stops servicing calls. When a cell is set to unlocked, the cell starts call services. When a cell is set to shuttingDown, the cell stops receiving further call service requests. When the current call process is complete, the cell enters the unlocked state and does not service any calls. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Default 0

3

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be changed later by the user. - locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. - unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. - shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.

Unit

locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/

NONE

Default locked

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be changed later by the user. -

locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.

In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -

unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources

are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -

shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-

cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.

4

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-SYS-CONF: [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];

Command Description Changes the system ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can control the system’s service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the system to locked, unlocked or shuttingDown. When a system is set to locked, the system terminates the current call and stops servicing calls. When a system is set to unlocked, the system starts call services. When a system is set to shuttingDown, the system stops receiving further call service requests. When the current call process is complete, the system enters the unlocked state and does not service any calls. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state of the system configured by the user. - locked: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. - unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. - shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.

locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/

Unit NONE

Default locked

Output Parameter Description ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state of the system configured by the user. -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

locked: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow pro-

5

Command Description

cess. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -

unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The

grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -

shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource

degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.

6

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIGURATION Command Format UPLD-CONF-FILE: [DATA_FILE_REF], [MO_XPATH];

Command Description Uploads the data stored in the System system database to the EMS in XML format. The user must enter the path of the EMS data file in the DATA_FILE_REFERENCE parameter. To upload only part of the data, the data name must be specified in the MO_XPATH parameter. If this parameter is not specified, the entire data in the System database is included in the XML file for uploading. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the upload is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. When the upload is successfully complete, the user can see the XML data file in the specified EMS directory. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DATA_FILE_RE F

The path of the configuration data file to be uploaded in the EMS. For example, if the user enters /log/conf/{neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named datafile.xml will be uploaded to the /log/conf/{neTYPE}/123 directory.

256

NONE

-

MO_XPATH

The name of the data to be uploaded from the System system database. For example, if the user enters ManagedElement, the ManagedElement (the basic NE information) data in the system is stored as the file specified in the DATA_FILE_REF parameter.

256

NONE

*

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

7

Command Description

C0136 RESTORE PLD Command Format RST-PLD: PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Restores the database by applying the backup database stored in the EMS to the System. In the PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user must enter the file name and location where the backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If it is not entered, an error occurs. The user can give any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result notification after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one user, this is useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the restore is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data files constituting the database compressed in the GZIP format. Note that a system error may occur if the user specify a file other than the backup database. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PLD_BACKUP_ FILE_REF

The location of the backup PLD file in the EMS, which will be restored to the System. For example, if the user enter /log/bak/pld/ {neTYPE}/123/{neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz, the NE system database is restored using the file named {neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz in the /log/bak/ pld/{neTYPE}/123 directory of the EMS.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The invocation ID used during PLD restore and when returning the result. For example, if the user enter 1234 for the invocation ID, 1234 is displayed in the invocation item of the PLD restore notification sent to the EMS.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

NONE

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0137 BACKUP PLD Command Format BKUP-PLD: [PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Backs up the System database to the EMS. In the PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user must enter the file name and location where the backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If nothing is entered, the default directory and file name are specified automatically as follows: - Directory: /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/{neID}. - File name: {neTYPE}{neID}.yyyymmdd-hhMMss.backup.db.tar.gz. - File information: yyyy: Year, mm: Month, dd: Day, hh: Hour, MM: Minute, ss: Second. The user can give any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result notification after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one user, this is useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the backup is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data files constituting the database compressed in the GZIP format. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

PLD_BACKUP_ FILE_REF

The location in EMS where the PLD file of the System will be backed up. For example, if the user enter /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/123/ {neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz, the NE system database is backed up using the file named {neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz in the /log/bak/ pld/{neTYPE}/123 directory of the EMS.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The invocation ID used during PLD backup and when returning the result. For example, if the user enter 1234 for the invocation ID, 1234 is displayed in the invocation item of the PLD backup notification sent to the EMS.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

NONE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

Unit

Default

9

Command Description

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

10

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE Command Format IMPT-CONF-FILE: PLD_IMPORT_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Import EMS XML PLD file to the System. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PLD_IMPORT_ FILE_REF

It specify the EMS PLD Xml file path to apply for System. The file path must include a full directory path and a file name. For example, if the user enters /log/conf/ {neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named datafile.xml in the directory /log/conf/ {neTYPE}/123 will be applied to the system.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

It used to identify the command result of Import PLD Xml file.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

NONE

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

11

Command Description

C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE Command Format EXPT-CONF-FILE: [PLD_EXPORT_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Export Xml file of System PLD to the EMS storage TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PLD_EXPORT_ FILE_REF

It specify the file path to store the System Exported PLD Xml file. The file path must include a full directory path and a file name. For example, if the user enters /log/conf/ {neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named datafile.xml will be uploaded to the /log/ conf/{neTYPE}/123 directory.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

It carries PLD backup invocation ID from IRP Manager. InvocationId shall reusing when issuing notification after PLD backup

0 ~ NONE

NONE

NONE

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

12

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH Command Format UDT-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Applies the firmware in a batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the firmware files included in the batch file. Devices are applied directly to the main board while firmware files are applied to the sub boards in parallel. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. Before executing this command, the DNLD-FW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance and all the specified firmware files must be downloaded to the NE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BATCH_FILE

The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.

256

NONE

-

APPLY_ACTIO N

An action to be taken after applying the firmware. The unit must be reset after applying the firmware. The user can choose to apply the firmware without reset in order to avoid frequent resets. - NONE: The firmware is applied without reset. - REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target unit is reset subsequently.

NONE/REBOOT/

NONE

NONE

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

13

Command Description

C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE Command Format UDT-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, ACTIVATION_MODE, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Applies a package to the NE. The package can be applied in two methods. The first is the online upgrade method. This upgrade method does not restart the entire system but only restarts the software components when upgrading them. The advantage is the short activation time, but this method cannot be used when there are changes to the operating system or the firmware. The second method is upgrade by rebooting. This upgrade method reboots the entire system. The disadvantage is the long activation time, but this method guarantees stable upgrading. Before executing this command, the DNLD-PKG command must be executed at least once and two or more versions of the package must be available in the NE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PACKAGE_VE RSION

The package version to be used for upgrading the package.

128

NONE

-

RELEASE_VE RSION

The release version to be used for upgrading the package

128

NONE

-

ACTIVATION_ MODE

The package activation mode. The user can finish the package activation by rebooting the system or restarting the software units while the operating system is running. - REBOOT: The package is activated by rebooting the system. - AP_RESET: The package is activated by resetting the application software.

REBOOT/AP_RESET/

NONE

REBOO T

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

14

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT Command Format UDT-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Applies the software unit to NE. The software unit can be applied in two methods. The first method is to apply the software unit to data files. This usually involves applying files stored in the storage, for example configuration files. When the command is executed for these files, the new files replace the old files. The data files are then applied after the NE restarts. The second method involves applying the software unit running in demon. This replaces the runnable software units with new software unit and restarts it. Before executing this command, the DNLDSW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the software unit to be applied. It must be the full name of the actual file name.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

15

Command Description

C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH Command Format UDT-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Applies the software unit in batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the software unit included in the batch file. The software unit running on the main board is updated on the main board and the software unit running on the sub board is updated on the sub board. The software unit running both on the main board and on the sub board is updated on the both boards simultaneously. Before executing this command, the DNLD-SW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance and the specified software unit must be downloaded to the NE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BATCH_FILE

The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.

256

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

16

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE UNIT Command Format RTRV-ACT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the currently activated software unit. The software units included in the software list are either data units or active units. The data units are stored in the disk for reference by active software units and the active units run as demons on the eNB. This command can be used for retrieving the status of the software units running as demons. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

The processor unit type to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all units are selected. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

The ID of the processor unit to be retrieved. If no ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected. - 0 if the processor unit type selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is ECP.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

The type of the processor unit where the active software unit is running.

PRC_UNIT_ID

-

UMP: The main processor of the eNB.

-

ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.

The ID of the processor unit where the active software unit is running.

ID

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The list ID of the active software unit running on the retrieved

17

Command Description

processor unit. (The list order is the same as the order of the active software unit in the software list.) NAME

The name of the disk where the active software unit is stored.

SIZE

The file size of the software unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated by the size value.)

CHKSUM

The checksum value of the software unit existing as a file (the file can be validated by the chksum value).

VERSION

The package version of the software unit existing as a file. (The file is validated by the version value.)

RELVER

The release version of the software unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated by the relver value.)

ACTIVATION_TIME

The activation time of the active software unit.

STATUS

The current state of the active software unit. -

DEACT: The software unit is deactivated.

-

ACT: The software unit is activated.

-

DISABLED: The software unit is inhibited from reactivation

because it was deactivated 10 times or more for 3 minutes. DEACT_COUNT

18

The deactivation count of the active software unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA Command Format CHG-ENV-INF: ENV_NAME, [ENV_VALUE];

Command Description Changes environment variables of the NE. If only envName is specified, the selected envName is deleted from the environment variables. If both envName and envValue are specified, the specified environment information is recorded in the flash memory. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ENV_NAME

The name of the environment variable.

128

NONE

-

ENV_VALUE

The value of the environment variable. If the variable value is not entered, the specified environment variable is deleted from the flash memory.

128

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

19

Command Description

C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT Command Format DNLD-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Downloads the firmware file to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various devices included in the NE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the firmware unit to be applied. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

20

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH Command Format DNLD-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Downloads the firmware recorded in the batch file on the main board of the NE. This command downloads firmware files to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/ RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various devices included in the NE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BATCH_FILE

The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

21

Command Description

C0160 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE PACKAGE Command Format DNLD-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Downloads the package. The user must enter the package version and release version to download the package. When the software units of the new package are downloaded, the database managed by the NE is automatically migrated into the new package's database. This procedure ensures that the configuration information in the older version of the NE is maintained in the new package. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PACKAGE_VE RSION

The new package version to be downloaded to the NE.

128

NONE

-

RELEASE_VE RSION

The new release version to be downloaded to the NE.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

22

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE Command Format DNLD-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Downloads the software unit to the system. When a software patch for the system is distributed, this command is used for downloading the necessary software unit to apply the patch. The software units available for download to the NE are included in the software list. A software unit not included in the software list cannot be downloaded. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the software unit included in the software list. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

23

Command Description

C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH Command Format DNLD-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Downloads the software unit included in a batch file. When a software patch for the system is distributed, the software unit necessary for applying the patch is included in a batch file and downloaded on the main board of the NE. The software unit available for download to the NE is included in the software list. A software unit not included in the software list cannot be downloaded. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BATCH_FILE

The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.

128

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

24

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA Command Format RTRV-ENV-INF;

Command Description Retrieves the environment information of the NE. This command is used for retrieving all environment information recorded in the flash memory. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description ENV_NAME

The environment variable name.

ENV_VALUE

The environment variable value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

25

Command Description

C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST Command Format RTRV-PRC-FW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [LOC_TYPE];

Command Description Retrieves the firmware version of the processor unit. The retrieved information is stored in the flash memory. The following firmware types are available for the processor unit: BOOTER, KERNEL, RFS_RAW, RFS, POST, IF-FPGA, CLOCK_CPLD, and CTRL_CPLD. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

The type of the processor unit for which the firmware version is to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all processor units are selected.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

The ID of the processor unit for which the firmware version is to be retrieved. If no ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected.

0~2

NONE

0

LOC_TYPE

The type of the location where the firmware version is to be retrieved. Either the version stored in the flash memory or the currently running firmware version can be retrieved. - FLASH: The firmware version stored in the flash memory. - RUNNING: The currently running firmware version.

FLASH/RUNNING/

NONE

FLASH

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

The processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved (If no unit is specified, all processor units are selected).

PRC_UNIT_ID

The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)

LOC_TYPE

The type of the location where the firmware version is retrieved (if no location is specified, both the version stored in the flash

26

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

memory and the currently running firmware version can be selected). -

FLASH: The firmware version stored in the flash memory.

-

RUNNING: The currently running firmware version.

ID

The list ID of the firmware version retrieved.

TYPE

The type of the firmware unit existing as a file.

NAME

The file name of the firmware unit existing as a file.

VERSION

The package version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated.)

REL_VER

The release version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated.)

FILE_SIZE

The file size value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The firmware can be validated.)

CHKSUM

The checksum value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The firmware can be validated.)

BUILD_TIME

The build date of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The build date of the firmware can be checked.)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

27

Command Description

C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-PRC-INVT: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the processor unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

The type of the processor unit for which the firmware version is to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all processor units are selected. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

It carries ID of processor unit.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

The processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved (If no unit is specified, all processor units are selected).

PRC_UNIT_ID

-

UMP: The main processor of the eNB.

-

ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.

The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)

28

UNIT_ID

The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).

FAMILY_TYPE

The vendor family type of the inventory unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

TYPE_NUM

The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as PBA_ID).

VERSION

The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).

SERIAL

The serial number of the inventory unit.

VENDOR

The vendor name of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATE

The manufactured date of the inventory unit.

INSTALL_DATE

The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).

SERV_DATE

The last service date of the inventory unit.

SERV_DATA

The last service data of the inventory unit.

POSITION

The location of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATA

Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

29

Command Description

C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY Command Format UPLD-INVT: FILE_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Upload files which exported inventory information to Management System. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FILE_NAME

It carries the inventory file name include directory path to be saved.

256

NONE

-

INVOCATION_I D

It carries software unit activation invocation ID from IRP Manager. InvocationId shall reusing when issuing notification after activation

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

30

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0167 RETRIEVE THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION Command Format RTRV-PKG-VER;

Command Description Retrieves the package version. A software package has its unique version according to its functions and features. This command can be used for verifying the software package running on the NE. There are two types of version information: package version and release version. The package version is determined by the main features provided by the NE. When features are added or changed, most of them are no longer compatible with the previous functions and therefore the package must be upgraded. The release version is used as an auxiliary identifier when a revision is made in the same package version. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description ID

The list ID of the package version, which indicates the list order of the package version.

PKG_VER

The package version of the currently active package in the NE.

REL_VER

The release version of the currently active package in the NE.

STATUS

Indicates package activation status.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

31

Command Description

C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE VERSION Command Format DLT-PASV-PKG;

Command Description Delete all the system passive package version TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

32

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM Command Format INIT-SYS: [RESET_MODE], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Resets the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first is a software reset which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a hardware reset which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back.(The systems which do not have hardware reset are not supported.) TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

RESET_MODE

The reset method. Hardware and software resets are supported. - SW: Reset without disconnecting the power. - HW: Reset by disconnecting the power and connecting it back. The systems which do not have hardware reset are not supported.

SW/HW/

NONE

SW

FORCED_MOD E

It carries forced reset mode. - OFF: Do check environment and PLD before Reset. - ON: Do Not check environment and PLD before Reset.

OFF/ON/

NONE

OFF

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

33

Command Description

C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT Command Format INIT-PRC: PRC_UNIT_TYPE, [PRC_UNIT_ID], [RESET_MODE];

Command Description Resets the processor unit of the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first is a software reset which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a hardware reset which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

The processor unit type to be reset. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

The ID of the processor unit to be reset. - 0 if the processor unit type selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is ECP.

0~2

NONE

0

RESET_MODE

The reset method. Hardware and software resets are supported. - SW: Reset without disconnecting the power. - HW: Reset by disconnecting the power and connecting it back.

SW/HW/

NONE

SW

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

34

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT Command Format INIT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [SW_UNIT_NAME];

Command Description Resets the software unit. The software unit only running on the main board is reset on the main board and the software unit only running on the sub board is reset on the sub board. The software unit running on both the main board and the sub board is reset on both the main board and the sub board. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

The processor unit type to be reset. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

The ID of the processor unit to be reset. - 0 if the processor unit type selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is ECP.

0~2

NONE

0

SW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the software unit included in the software list. Only the file name must be entered without the directory name.

128

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

35

Command Description

C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SW-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the software unit information. Each software unit downloaded to the eNB has a unique version number assigned by the image creation system for software image creation. The software version retrieval function extracts and displays the unique version of each software unit. This command is used for checking whether appropriate software units are running on appropriate boards. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

The type of the processor unit for which the software version is to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all processor units are selected. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

The board ID of the processor unit for which the software version is to be retrieved. If no board ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected. - 0 if proUnitType selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if prcUnitType selected is ECP.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

PRC_UNIT_ID

The processor unit for which the software version is retrieved. -

UMP: The main processor of the eNB.

-

ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.

The board ID of the processor unit for which the software version is retrieved.

36

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

ID

The list ID of the software units retrieved on each board

NAME

The name of the software unit stored in the disk.

SIZE

The size on the disk of the software unit existing as a file

CHKSUM

The checksum value of the software unit created.

INSTALL_TIME

The time at which the software unit is downloaded to the eNB and stored in the package directory.

VERSION

The unique version of the software unit.

RELVER

The release version of the software unit existing as a file

BUILD_TIME

The build time of the software unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

37

Command Description

C0173 RETRIEVE ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DIR-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];

Command Description List up all the directory information stored at TIMEOUT

60

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

It carries type of processor unit.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

It carries ID of processor unit.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

It carries type of processor unit.

PRC_UNIT_ID

It carries ID of processor unit.

ID

Software list index.

FILE_PATH

The name of software unit(Directory Name + File Name) stored at Managed Element.

SIZE

Indicates the software unist's file size. (Byte)

INSTALL_TIME

The time when the software unit was stored on that System. Time format: -> YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-0523T11:23:55

VERSION

38

Version string on the software unit. Version format -> A.B.C

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0174 RETRIEVE LOADING TIME INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-LDTIME-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];

Command Description List up loading time information TIMEOUT

60

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRC_UNIT_TY PE

It carries type of processor unit.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

PRC_UNIT_ID

It carries ID of processor unit.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

It carries type of processor unit.

PRC_UNIT_ID

It carries ID of processor unit.

START_TIME

The time when the loading start. Time format: -> YYYY-MMDDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55

END_TIME

The time when the loading end. Time format: -> YYYY-MMDDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

39

Command Description

C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE Command Format UDT-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, APPLY_UNIT_TYPE, APPLY_UNIT_ID, [APPLY_SIDE], [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Updates the firmware. This command is used for applying the downloaded eNB firmware unit to the actual Flash memory or the target device unit. When the command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first and then it is applied to the Flash memory or to the specified device unit through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the firmware unit to be applied.

256

NONE

-

APPLY_UNIT_T YPE

The unit type to which the firmware is to be applied.

UMP/ECP/GPS/ FCM_D/

NONE

UMP

APPLY_UNIT_I D

The unit ID to be applied to the firmware unit. This is used for identifying each unit when multiple units exist in the eNB.

0~2

NONE

0

APPLY_SIDE

The side to which the firmware is to be applied. If this side is in redundancy, select A_SIDE, B_SIDE, or BOTH for applying the firmware. If the unit type does not support redundancy, select NONE. - NONE: The firmware apply unit is not in redundancy. - A_SIDE: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy and the firmware is applied to side A. - B_SIDE: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy and the firmware is applied to side B. - BOTH: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy and the firmware is applied to both side A and side B.

NONE/A_SIDE/ B_SIDE/BOTH/

NONE

NONE

40

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

APPLY_ACTIO N

An action to be taken after applying the firmware. The unit must be reset after applying the firmware. The user can choose to apply the firmware without reset in order to avoid frequent resets. - NONE: The firmware is applied without reset. - REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target unit is reset subsequently.

NONE/REBOOT/

NONE

NONE

INVOCATION_I D

The invocation ID assigned when applying the firmware. This ID is recorded in the execution result notification for easy retrieval of the result.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

41

Command Description

C0189 RETRIEVE PSU INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-PSU-INVT: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;

Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the PSU unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.

0~2

NONE

0

CONN_PORT_I D

The port ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.

0 ~ 11

NONE

0

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the PSU which is retrieved.

CONN_PORT_ID

The port ID of the board connected to the PSU which is retrieved.

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the PSU which is retrieved.

42

UNIT_ID

The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).

FAMILY_TYPE

The vendor family type of the inventory unit.

TYPE_NUM

The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

unique number as PBA_ID). VERSION

The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).

FW_VERSION

The firmware version of the inventory unit.

SERIAL

The serial number of the inventory unit.

VENDOR

The vendor name of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATE

The manufactured date of the inventory unit.

INSTALL_DATE

The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).

SERV_DATE

The last service date of the inventory unit.

SERV_DATA

The last service data of the inventory unit.

POSITION

The location of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATA

Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

43

Command Description

C0193 RESET RRH Command Format INIT-RRH: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];

Command Description Resets the RRH of the eNB. The RRH reset is done by the VSS reset. One or multiple RRHs can be reset. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the RRH to be reset. If no board ID is entered, all boards are selected.

0~2

NONE

0

CONN_PORT_I D

The port ID of the board connected to the RRH to be reset. If no port ID is entered, all ports are selected.

0 ~ 11

NONE

0

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID of the port of the board connected to the RRH to be reset. If no cascade ID is entered, all cascades are selected.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

44

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE Command Format UDT-RRH-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID], [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Updates the RRH firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first and then applied to the RRH through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the firmware unit to be applied.

256

NONE

-

CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.

0~2

NONE

0

CONN_PORT_I D

The port ID of the board connected to the RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.

0 ~ 11

NONE

0

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.

0~2

NONE

0

APPLY_ACTIO N

An action to be taken after applying the firmware. The unit must be reset after applying the firmware. The user can choose to apply the firmware without reset in order to avoid frequent resets. - NONE: The firmware is applied without reset. - REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target unit is reset subsequently.

NONE/REBOOT/

NONE

NONE

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

45

Command Description

C0207 ACTIVATE PSU FIRMWARE Command Format UDT-PSU-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID, [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Updates the PSU firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first and then applied to the PSU through the specified proprietary interface.After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FW_UNIT_NA ME

The name of the firmware unit to be applied.

256

NONE

-

CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.

0~2

NONE

0

CONN_PORT_I D

The port ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.

0 ~ 11

NONE

0

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.

0~2

NONE

0

INVOCATION_I D

The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.

0 ~ NONE

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

46

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-RRH-INVT: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the RRH unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is to be retrieved.

0~2

NONE

0

CONN_PORT_I D

The port ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is to be retrieved.

0 ~ 11

NONE

0

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is to be retrieved.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CONN_BD_ID

The ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.

CONN_PORT_ID

The port ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.

CASCADE_ID

The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.

UNIT_ID

The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).

FAMILY_TYPE

The vendor family type of the inventory unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

47

Command Description

TYPE_NUM

The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as PBA_ID).

VERSION

The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).

FW_VERSION

The firmware version of the inventory unit.

SERIAL

The serial number of the inventory unit.

VENDOR

The vendor name of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATE

Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.

INSTALL_DATE

The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).

SERV_DATE

The last service date of the inventory unit.

SERV_DATA

The last service data of the inventory unit.

POSITION

The location of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATA

Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.

48

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-GPS-INVT;

Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the GPS unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description UNIT_ID

The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).

FAMILY_TYPE

Indicates vendor family type of inventory unit.

TYPE_NUM

The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as PBA_ID).

VERSION

The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).

FW_VERSION

The firmware version of the inventory unit.

SERIAL

The serial number of the inventory unit.

VENDOR

The vendor name of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATE

The manufactured date of the inventory unit.

INSTALL_DATE

The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

49

Command Description

SERV_DATE

The last service date of the inventory unit.

SERV_DATA

The last service data of the inventory unit.

POSITION

The location of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATA

Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.

50

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-SFP-INVT;

Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the SFP module which is an optic module of the eNB. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

20

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE

The type of the processor unit for which the inventory information is retrieved.

PRC_UNIT_ID

-

UMP: The main processor of the eNB.

-

ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.

The ID of the processor unit for which the inventory information is retrieved.

PORT_ID

The port ID on which the SFP module is mounted.

UNIT_ID

The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).

FAMILY_TYPE

The vendor family type of the inventory unit.

TYPE_NUM

The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as BA_ID).

VERSION

The hardware version of the inventory unit.

SERIAL

The serial number of the inventory unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

51

Command Description

VENDOR

The vendor name of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATE

The manufactured date of the inventory unit.

INSTALL_DATE

The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).

SERV_DATE

The last service date of the inventory unit.

SERV_DATA

The last service data of the inventory unit.

POSITION

The location of the inventory unit.

MNF_DATA

Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.

WAVELENGTH

52

Tx/Rx optical wavelength supported by the SFP module.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0246 RESET DSP Command Format INIT-DSP: [BD_ID], [DSP_ID];

Command Description Resets the DSP. The DSP reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to the DSP. One or multiple DSPs can be reset. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BD_ID

The board ID of the DSP to be reset. If no board ID is entered, all boards are selected.

0~2

NONE

0

DSP_ID

The ID of the DSP to be reset. If no DSP ID is entered, all DSPs are selected.

0~2

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

53

Command Description

C0247 RESET GPS Command Format INIT-GPS;

Command Description Resets the GPS. The GPS reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to GPS. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

54

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0249 RESET SCTP Command Format INIT-SCTP: TYPE, INDEX;

Command Description Reset SCTP. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TYPE

It carries type of sctp to reset.

S1/X2/

NONE

S1

INDEX

It carries index of mme(or nbr) to reset.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

55

Command Description

C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST Command Format RTRV-FILE-LIST: [ID];

Command Description Retrieves the list of NE files. The NE can create the following 8 categories of files, which can be retrieved by this command. The files created in the NE are uploaded to the EMS and then deleted. If all the files uploaded to EMS, command execution result can be empty(NO DATA). - CG: Charging files. - CM: Configuration files (except for inventory). - CT: Call trace files (subscriber and equipment trace). - IM: Inventory management files. - NL: Notification log files. - OT: Other files. - PM: Performance data files. - TE: Test management files. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter ID

Description The list ID of the file created by the NE. If no ID is entered, all files are selected.

Range

Unit

0 ~ 127

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description ID

The list ID of the file created by the NE.

MANAGEMENT_DATA_TYPE

The category of the file created (CG/CM/CT/IM/NL/OT/PM/ TE).

56

SIZE

The file size on the disk.

COMPRESSION

The compression method of the file.

READY_TIME

The creation time of the file.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

EXPIRATION_TIME

The expiration time of the file created. (The file is automatically deleted after the expiration time.)

FORMAT

The file format (the format information such as XML/TXT/ ASN.1).

LOCATION

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Directory name + File Name. (e.g., /tmp/Hello.World)

57

Command Description

C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB Command Format START-MEAS;

Command Description The command changes OPM_SUSPEND, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_ACTIVE. When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_ACTIVE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

58

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB Command Format STOP-MEAS;

Command Description The command changes OPM_ACTIVE, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_SUSPEND. When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_SUSPEND. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

59

Command Description

C0352 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MEAS-JOB;

Command Description The command retrieves statistic collecting status (OPM_ACTIVE/OPM_SUSPEND), each family collecting status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) and statistic data collecting period. When statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. Statistic data of the family that collecting status is OPM_DISABLE will not be collected even though its statistic collecting status is OPM_ACTIVE. The family which is not collected will be printed “ND” regardless of occurring real data when you retrieve statistics in EMS. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description

60

FAMILY_ID

Family ID

FAMILY_STATUS

Data collection status for the family. -

OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family.

-

OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family

GRANULARITY_PERIOD

Granularity Period.

STATUS

It specifies the status of Measurement Job. -

OPM_ACTIVE : Data is collected for Measurement Job.

-

OPM_SUSPEND: Data is not collected for Measurement Job.

GRANULARITY_PERIOD

Granularity Period.

STATUS

It specifies the status of Measurement Job. -

OPM_ACTIVE : Data is collected for Measurement Job.

-

OPM_SUSPEND: Data is not collected for Measurement Job.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA Command Format CHG-MEAS-JOB: FAMILY_ID, [STATUS];

Command Description Change statistics collection status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) of family TIMEOUT

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

10

61

Command Description

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FAMILY_ID

The measurement family ID. Retrieves and changes the statistics collection status (STOP/START) of the faimly.

STAT_RRC_ESTAB/STAT_RRC_RECONFIG/ STAT_RRC_REESTAB/STAT_RRC_RELEASE/ STAT_RRC_CONN/STAT_RRC_TIME/ STAT_RRC_RESETUP_TIME/ STAT_ERAB_ESTAB/STAT_ERAB_ESTAB_ADD/ STAT_ERAB_TIME/STAT_ERAB_ERASE_ENB/ STAT_ERAB_ERASE/STAT_ERAB_MOD/ STAT_ERAB_REL_ENB/STAT_ERAB_REL/ STAT_ERAB_NUM/STAT_HO_INTRA/ STAT_HO_X2_OUT/STAT_HO_X2_IN/ STAT_HO_S1_OUT/STAT_HO_S1_IN/ STAT_HO_TIME/STAT_CALL_DROP/STAT_CSL/ STAT_MRO_RLF/STAT_S1SIG/STAT_PAGING/ STAT_TA/STAT_CP_PACKET/STAT_SRB/ STAT_ACTIVE_UE/STAT_PDCP_DROP/ STAT_PDCP_LOSS/STAT_IP_LATENCY/ STAT_PDCP_DELAY/STAT_GTP_SN_QCI/ STAT_GTP_SN_ENB/STAT_GTP_FW_ENB/ STAT_RESOURCE/STAT_PACKET/ STAT_NET_HISTOGRAM/ STAT_AIR_RLC_BYTES/ STAT_AIR_MAC_BYTES/STAT_PRB_QCI/ STAT_PRB_TOTAL/STAT_CELL_UNAVAILABLE/ STAT_POWER/STAT_RNTP/STAT_RA/ STAT_TRANSMISSION/STAT_MIMO/ STAT_MCS/STAT_DL_MCS/STAT_DL_LAYER/ STAT_DL_CQI/STAT_DL_PMI/STAT_DL_RI/ STAT_DL_ACK_NACK_DTX_RATIO/ STAT_IOT_9LEVEL/STAT_PCI_300_REPORT/ STAT_PCI_504_REPORT/ STAT_ERAB_SESSION_UE/ STAT_ERAB_SESSION_QCI/ STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_UTRAN_OUT/ STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_UTRAN_IN/ STAT_CSFB_PSHO_UTRAN_OUT/ STAT_CSFB_REDIR_UTRAN_OUT/ STAT_RRH_RSSI/STAT_ACCESSIBILITY/ STAT_RETAINABILITY/STAT_INTEGRITY/ STAT_AVAILABILITY/STAT_MOBILITY/ STAT_THRU_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_DELAY_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_DROP_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_CQI_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_HO_UTRAN_SRVCC_OUT/ STAT_HO_INTRA_FREQ_OUT/ STAT_HO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_WITH_GAP/ STAT_HO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_WITHOUT_GAP/ STAT_HO_OUT_WITH_DRX/ STAT_HO_OUT_WITHOUT_DRX/ STAT_S1SIG_TIME/STAT_MR/STAT_RRC_MSG/ STAT_S1AP_MSG/STAT_X2AP_MSG/ STAT_LOAD/STAT_LBHO/ STAT_RECTI_POWER_CONSUM/ STAT_PSU_POWER_CONSUM/

NONE

STAT_R RC_ES TAB

62

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter STATUS

Description Data collection status for the family. - OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family. - OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family

Range OPM_ENABLE/OPM_DISABLE/

Unit

Default

NONE

OPM_E NABLE

Output Parameter Description FAMILY_ID

The measurement family ID. Retrieves and changes the statistics collection status (STOP/START) of the faimly.

STATUS

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Data collection status for the family. -

OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family.

-

OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family

63

Command Description

C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA Command Format RTRV-MEAS-FILEDATA;

Command Description The command retrieve information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can retrieve disk usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description DISK_USAGE_THR

Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this threshold, measurement files are removed

64

BACKUP_TIME_THR

Measurement file backup time.

BACKUP_MODE

Measurement file backup mode.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA Command Format CHG-MEAS-FILEDATA: [DISK_USAGE_THR], [BACKUP_TIME_THR], [BACKUP_MODE];

Command Description The command change information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can change disk usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DISK_USAGE_ THR

Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this threshold, measurement files are removed

1 ~ 100

%

95

BACKUP_TIME _THR

Measurement file backup time.

1~8

hour

8

BACKUP_MOD E

Measurement file backup mode.

PM_BACKUP_FLASH/

NONE

PM_BA CKUP_ FLASH

Output Parameter Description DISK_USAGE_THR

Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this threshold, measurement files are removed

BACKUP_TIME_THR

Measurement file backup time.

BACKUP_MODE

Measurement file backup mode.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

65

Command Description

C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST Command Format TEST-IPING: UNIT_ID;

Command Description Performs the internal ping test which tests the IPC (inter processor communication) paths between the main and sub processors. It performs the ping test on the master board of the selected eNB for the CPU of UNIT_TYPE and UNIT_ID (destination) specified by the user and then returns the ping test result. When there is a ping echo reply, the test result is returned as normal. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_ID

Description The ID of the target board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

Range 0 ~ 10

Unit NONE

Default 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

66

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST Command Format TEST-EPING: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP], [PKT_SIZE], [PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];

Command Description Performs the external ping test for the network connection between the system and external hosts. The external ping test generates Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packets to monitor the performance of the external interface (Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet) and returns frame delay, frame delay min, max, avg and frame loss. The user can perform the external ping test and determine that the external interface is working properly if the test result shows that there is no packet loss. The delay in the test result indicates the round trip time (from time sent to time received). The user can check min, max, avg and variance of the packet delay. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

DST_IP_ADDR _V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

DST_IP_ADDR _V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

PKT_SIZE

The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test. 56 to 1024 bytes can be entered. The default is 56 bytes.

56 ~ 1024

NONE

56

PKT_PER_SEC

The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test. 1 to 5 packets can be sent per second.

1~5

NONE

1

TRY_SEC

The maximum duration of the external ping test. The test can be performed for from 1 to 10 seconds.

1 ~ 10

NONE

1

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

67

Command Description

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

68

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS Command Format MON-TEST: [INVOCATION_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the on-going tests in the eNB. This command is used for retrieving tests related to the TM. Note that this command is not used for retrieving online tests because the RTRV-TESTLIST command can be used for retrieving the scheduler registration status. When a test command is executed, it is added to the monitor test list; when the test is complete and the result notification message is sent, the command is deleted from the monitor test list. Once it is deleted, the command cannot be retrieved by the monitor test command. If there is no on-going test command, the command displays 'NO_DATA'. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter INVOCATION_ID

Description

Range

The ID assigned when the command is executed in the LSM or the CLI. At the time the command is executed, the smallest number among the invocation IDs managed by the TM is assigned. When executing MON-TEST, enter an invocation ID to display the command list for the ID. If none is entered, the entire command list is displayed.

0 ~ 128

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description INVOCATION_ID

The ID assigned by the TM during command execution. It is the same as the value displayed in the result notification message which shows the test execution result.

STATE

The command state at the time of retrieval by the monitor test command. -

TEST_STATE_INITIALIZING: Receiving and initializing

the command. -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

TEST_STATE_TESTING: Executing the command.

69

Command Description

-

TEST_STATE_TERMINATING: Terminating the command

after completion. TEST_OUTCOME

The normal execution after the TM block has successfully received the command (TEST_OUTCOME_PASS).

TEST_TYPE

The type of the currently executing command. -

TEST_TYPE_EXTPING: External ping test.

-

TEST_TYPE_INTPING: Internal ping test.

-

TEST_TYPE_TXPOWER: PAU Tx power test.

-

TEST_TYPE_VSWR: PAU VSWR test.

-

TEST_TYPE_TEST_MODEL: Virtual traffic generation test.

-

TEST_TYPE_TEST_OCNS: Virtual call generation test.

-

TEST_TYPE_TRACERT: Trace route test for the IP path.

-

TEST_TYPE_OPTIC_DATA: Optical distance and wave-

length measurement test.

ATT_LIST

70

-

TEST_TYPE_DURULB : DU-RU loopback test.

-

TEST_TYPE_BER: DU-RU BER test.

-

TEST_TYPE_ANT: Antenna calibration test.

-

TEST_TYPE_BATT: Battery test.

-

TEST_TYPE_ETHLB: IEEE802.3ah Ethernet loopback test.

The list of commands entered by the user.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0510 EXECUTE TRACE ROUTE TEST Command Format TEST-TRC-ROUTE: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];

Command Description Performs the trace route test for the network path between the system and external hosts. When performing the trace route test, the user can enter a destination IP address and check the hops between the destination and the NE. The user can identify network elements with problems on the external network by checking the gateway or route address and delay time for each hop. Optionally, the destination IP version and the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value can be specified. The test result is normal if the state of all hops to the destination is normal. If the test execution result is NOK, it indicates that the path to the target is broken. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

DST_IP_ADDR _V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

DST_IP_ADDR _V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

71

Command Description

C0511 RETRIEVE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-TEST-LIST: [OT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the added online test schedules. Unlike on-demand tests, online tests are performed at regular intervals according to the registered schedules. Test start/end and execution result (start, end, success, fail) are sent to the LSM according to the notify information added to the test list. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter OT_ID

Description

Range

The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 can be added.

Unit

0 ~ 49

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description OT_ID

The ID of the online test schedule.

STATE

The state of the online test scheduler (The scheduler is enabled and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the state is RUN_ONLINE). -

RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test

command at the specified interval. -

STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped by the user. (Even

if before END_TIME, the scheduler is stopped and no further tests are performed.) TEST_ID

The online test that can be performed on the system (ex. EXT_PING_TEST/INT_PING_TEST/TX_POWER_TEST etc.).

TI_ID

72

The test item ID assigned to each online test.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

PERIOD

The online test interval in seconds.

START_TIME

The online test start time.

END_TIME

The online test end time.

START_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

END_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

SUCCESS_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

FAIL_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

73

Command Description

C0512 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EPING-INF: [TI_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the external ping online test. The test item ID provides the information such as destination IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration, packet count per second, which is used as a reference by the external ping command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID

Description The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the external ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

Range

Unit

0~9

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests.

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version (IPV4/IPV6) of the external host to be tested.

DST_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

DST_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

74

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

PKT_SIZE

The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.

PKT_PER_SEC

The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test.

TRY_SEC

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The maximum duration of the external ping test.

75

Command Description

C0513 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-IPING-INF: [TI_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test item ID provides the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target board ID (unit ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID

Description The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Internal ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

Range

Unit

0~9

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.

UNIT_TYPE

The type of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

UNIT_ID

The ID of the target processor board (UNIT_ID) on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

76

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0515 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-EPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the external ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the external ping test performed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the external ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

RESULT_ID

The result ID in which order the external ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests.

RESULT_ID

The result ID in which order the external ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

77

Command Description

more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first. TIME_STAMP

The execution time of the external ping online test.

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested.

DST_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested.

DST_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested.

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

PKT_SIZE

The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.

PKT_PER_SEC

The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test.

TRY_SEC

The maximum duration of the external ping test.

SRC_IP_VER

The IP address version of Source host.

SRC_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the source which the test is performed.

SRC_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the source which the test is performed.

ERROR_REASON

The error reason when the external ping test result is NOK. -

TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is

unreachable. -

TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets

transmitted are received. -

TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are

received. -

TM_PKTLOSS_VIOLATION: The packet loss threshold

defined in the PLD is exceeded. -

TM_RTT_VIOLATION: The round trip time threshold

defined in the PLD is exceeded. - TM_RTT_JITTER_VIOLATION: The round trip jitter (delay

variance) threshold defined in the PLD is exceeded.

78

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

TOTAL_PKT

The number of packets transmitted during the external ping test.

SEND_PKT

The number of packets successfully transmitted during the external ping online test.

RECV_PKT

Total packets received during the external ping test.

DELAY_VARIANCE

The jitter value (standard deviation) of the average delay (round trip) for the external ping test. The delay standard deviation (msec) of all ICMP packets received during the external ping test (TRY_SEC).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

79

Command Description

C0516 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-IPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the internal ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the internal ping test performed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the internal ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

RESULT_ID

The result ID in which order the internal ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.

RESULT_ID

The result ID in which order the internal ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the

80

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

more recent the result is. (Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.) TIME_STAMP

The execution time of the internal ping online test.

UNIT_TYPE

The type of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

UNIT_ID

The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

ERROR_REASON

The error reason if the internal ping test result is NOK. -

TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is

unreachable. -

TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets

transmitted are received. -

TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are

received. DELAY

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the internal ping test.

81

Command Description

C0517 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-TRC-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the trace route online test results. It retrieves the results of the trace route test performed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TI_ID

Test Item ID(0 to 9)

0~9

NONE

0

RESULT_ID

Trace Route Test Result ID(0 to 29)

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description

82

TI_ID

Test Item ID(0 to 9)

RESULT_ID

Trace Route Test Result ID(0 to 29)

TIME_STAMP

Executed time of the test

DST_IP_VER

IP Version for the Destination.

DST_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested.

DST_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested.

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

assign services of different levels in the network traffic. SRC_IP_VER

The IP address version of Source host.

SRC_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the source which the test is performed.

SRC_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the source which the test is performed.

ERROR_REASON

Error reason.

HOP_CNT

HOP Count. Maximum number of Hops allowed is 30

HOP_IP_VER

IP version of HOP IP address.

HOP_ADDR

IP Address of each HOP

HOP_DELAY

Echo Delay Average Time(msec)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

83

Command Description

C0520 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA Command Format RTRV-TEST-THR;

Command Description Retrieves the thresholds set for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds used for the external ping test are as follows. - Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0100%). - Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). - RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description RTT_THR

The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet) during the external ping test.

RTT_JIT_THR

The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for each packet) during the external ping test.

PKT_LOS_THR

The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping test.

84

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0521 CHANGE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER Command Format CHG-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], [START_TIME], [END_TIME], [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];

Command Description Changes the added schedules for performing online tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in the schedule. The additions/changes are stored in the PLD so that the tests are performed even when the system restarts. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

OT_ID

The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 can be added.

0 ~ 49

NONE

0

STATE

The state of the online test scheduler. The scheduler is enabled and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the state is RUN_ONLINE. - RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test command at the specified interval. - STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in STOP_ONLINE state are not retrieved. The periodic tests are also not performed.

RUN_ONLINE/ STOP_ONLINE/

NONE

STOP_ ONLINE

TEST_ID

The following online tests can be performed in the system. For example, if the user wish to perform Tx power online test, the CHGTXPWR-INF command can be used to specify the target for the Tx power test and enter TX_POWER_TEST for the test ID parameter of the CHG-TEST-LIST command to have the online test performed at the specified time.

EXT_PING_TEST/ INT_PING_TEST/ TRC_ROUTE_TEST/ TX_POWER_TEST/

NONE

EXT_PI NG_TE ST

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

PERIOD

The online test interval in seconds.

60 ~ 720

seconds

60

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

85

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

START_TIME

The online test start time. START_TIME must be earlier than END_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM. For example, 2010/03/29_16:47.

-

yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm

-

END_TIME

The online test end time. END_TIME must be later than the current time and later than START_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM. For example, 2010/12/27_19:18.

-

yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm

-

START_NOTIF Y

The notify flag for the online test start. If this flag is on, when the online test start time (START_TIME) is reached and the schedule starts, the online test start notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

END_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test end. If this flag is on, when the online test end time (END_TIME) is reached and the schedule ends, the online test end notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

SUCCESS_NO TIFY

The notify flag for the online test success. If this flag is on, when the online test result is OK, the online test success notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

FAIL_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test fail. If this flag is on, when the online test result is NOK, the online test fail notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

Output Parameter Description OT_ID

The ID of the online test schedule.

STATE

The state of the online test scheduler. -

RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is added to execute the test

command at the specified interval. -

STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in

STOP_ONLINE state are not retrieved. The periodic tests are also not performed.

86

TEST_ID

The online test that can be performed on the system.

TI_ID

The test item ID assigned to each online test.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

PERIOD

The online test interval in seconds.

START_TIME

The online test start time.

END_TIME

The online test end time.

START_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

END_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

SUCCESS_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

FAIL_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

87

Command Description

C0522 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EPING-INF: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP], [PKT_SIZE], [PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];

Command Description Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the external ping online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration, packet count per second, which is used as a reference by the external ping command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the external ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

DST_IP_ADDR _V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

DST_IP_ADDR _V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

PKT_SIZE

The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test. 56 to 1024 bytes can be entered. The default is 56 bytes.

56 ~ 1024

bytes

56

PKT_PER_SEC

The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test. 1 to 5 packets can be sent per second.

1~5

packets/ second

1

88

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter TRY_SEC

Description

Range

The maximum duration of the external ping test. The test can be performed for from 1 to 10 seconds.

1 ~ 10

Unit seconds

Default 1

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests.

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version (IPV4/IPV6) of the external host to be tested.

DST_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

DST_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

PKT_SIZE

The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.

PKT_PER_SEC

The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test.

TRY_SEC

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The maximum duration of the external ping test.

89

Command Description

C0523 CHANGE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-IPING-INF: TI_ID, [UNIT_ID];

Command Description Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target board ID (unit ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Internal ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

UNIT_ID

The ID of the target processor board (UNIT_ID) on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.

UNIT_ID

The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.

90

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0525 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA Command Format CHG-TEST-THR: [RTT_THR], [RTT_JIT_THR], [PKT_LOS_THR];

Command Description Sets or changes the thresholds for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds applied in external ping tests are as follows. - Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0100%). - Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). - RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

RTT_THR

The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet) during the external ping test in milliseconds.

1 ~ 1000

NONE

100

RTT_JIT_THR

The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for each packet) during the external ping test in milliseconds.

1 ~ 1000

NONE

100

PKT_LOS_THR

The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping test in %.

0 ~ 100

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description RTT_THR

The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet) during the external ping test.

RTT_JIT_THR

The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for each packet) during the external ping test.

PKT_LOS_THR

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping

91

Command Description

test.

92

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0529 RETRIEVE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ETHOAM-CONF: [PORT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the PLD ETHOAM CONFIGURATION information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet link monitoring according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU (Ethernet OAM Protocol Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitoring and remote loopback for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements. This command is used for retrieving the EFM parameter information changed by the CHG-ETHOAM-CONF command. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID

Description

Range

The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback is to be performed.

0~5

Unit NONE

Default 0

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback is performed.

ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE

The administrator state of the EFM (Ethernet in the First Mile).

ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE

The layer state of the EFM. -

Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and

the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution. -

Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only

responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external port. ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE

The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding this value are dropped.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

93

Command Description

ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE

The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer.

ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT

The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote station. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.

ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size). ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI High threshold for the frames with errors. ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO Low threshold for the frames with errors.

94

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0530 CHANGE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ETHOAM-CONF: PORT_ID, [ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE], [ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE], [ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE], [ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE], [ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO];

Command Description Changes the PLD EtherOAM CONFIGURATION information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet link monitoring according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU (Ethernet OAM Protocol Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitoring and remote loopback for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements. Sets or changes parameters for providing the EFM function. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PORT_ID

The port ID of the external link on which Ethernet loopback is to be performed.

0~5

NONE

0

ETH_OAM_AD MIN_STATE

The administrator state of the EFM. AdminState can be entered as Enable or Disable. - Enable: The 802.3ah function is available. - Disable: The 802.3ah function is unavailable.

DOT3_ENABLE/ DOT3_DISABLE/

NONE

DOT3_ DISABLE

ETH_OAM_LAY ER_STATE

The layer state of the EFM. The OAM layer state can be entered as Active or Passive. - Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution. - Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external port.

DOT3_PASSIVE/ DOT3_ACTIVE/

NONE

DOT3_ PASSIVE

ETH_OAM_PD U_MAX_RATE

The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding the maximum value are dropped.

1 ~ 10

OAMPD U(s)

10

ETH_OAM_PD U_MIN_RATE

The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer.

1 ~ 10

OAMPD U(s)

1

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

95

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ETH_OAM_CLI ENT_TIMEOUT

The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote station. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.

2 ~ 30

seconds

5

ERR_FRAME_ PERIOD_WIND OW

The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM layer. This value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size.

1 ~ 65535

1000 Frames

1000

ERR_FRAME_ PERIOD_THR_ HI

High threshold for the frames with errors. 0 indicates Disable and a value between 1 and 65535 can be entered for Enable state.

0 ~ 65535

Frames

0

ERR_FRAME_ PERIOD_THR_ LO

Low threshold for the frames with errors. If ErrFramePeriodThrHi is enabled, this value must be smaller than the high threshold.

0 ~ 65535

Frames

1

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback is performed.

ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE

The administrator state of the EFM.

ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE

The layer state of the EFM. -

Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and

the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution. -

Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only

responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external port. ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE

The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding this value are dropped.

ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE

The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer.

ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT

The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote station. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.

ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size). ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI High threshold for the frames with errors.

96

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO Low threshold for the frames with errors.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

97

Command Description

C0531 EXECUTE ETHERNET LOOPBACK TEST Command Format TEST-ETH-LB: PORT_ID, DURATION;

Command Description Performs the loopback test on the EFM function defined in the IEEE 802.3ah standard. During the process this command, the backhaul link can not receive any packet except OAMPDU for testing. Therefore the connection to the LSM will be disconnected for a while. The EFM is responsible for testing the inter-station link directly connected to the eNB. To execute the Ethernet loopback command, the discovery must be performed. The command can only be triggered in EFM active mode. If discovery fails or the EFM is in passive mode, this command returns NOK and does not perform the loopback test. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PORT_ID

The port ID of the backhaul port on which Ethernet loopback is to be performed.

0~5

NONE

0

DURATION

The duration of the Ethernet loopback test. Since performing a loopback test on the external link results in disconnection of the external communication, the test duration must be specified so that the link is automatically restored after the specified duration. The duration is in seconds.

1 ~ 10

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

98

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0534 CREATE ONLINE TEST LIST Command Format CRTE-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], START_TIME, END_TIME, [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];

Command Description Crteate Online Test List Relation. Adds schedules for a specific command for performing online tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in the schedule. The additions are stored in the PLD so that the tests are performed even when the system restarts. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

OT_ID

The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 can be added.

0 ~ 49

NONE

0

STATE

The state of the online test scheduler. The scheduler is enabled and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the state is RUN_ONLINE. - RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test command at the specified interval. - STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in STOP_ONLINE state are not performed the periodic tests either.

RUN_ONLINE/ STOP_ONLINE/

NONE

STOP_ ONLINE

TEST_ID

The following online tests can be performed in the target system. For example, if the user wish to perform Tx power online test, the CHG-TXPWR-INF command can be used to specify the target for the Tx power test and enter TX_POWER_TEST for the test ID parameter of the CHG-TEST-LIST command to have the online test performed at the specified time.

EXT_PING_TEST/ INT_PING_TEST/ TRC_ROUTE_TEST/ TX_POWER_TEST/

NONE

EXT_PI NG_TE ST

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

PERIOD

The online test interval in seconds.

60 ~ 720

seconds

60

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

99

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

START_TIME

The online test start time. START_TIME must be earlier than END_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/ DD_HH:MM.('YYYY' value can not exceed 2037.) For example, 2010/03/29_16:47

-

yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm

-

END_TIME

The online test end time. END_TIME must be later than the current time and later than START_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM.('YYYY' value can not exceed 2037). If START_TIME and END_TIME are equal, the END_TIME will be set 6 hours later by START_TIME. For example, 2010/12/27_19:18

-

yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm

-

START_NOTIF Y

The notify flag for the online test start. If this flag is on, when the online test start time (START_TIME) is reached and the schedule starts, the online test start notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

END_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test end. If this flag is on, when the online test end time (END_TIME) is reached and the schedule ends, the online test end notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

SUCCESS_NO TIFY

The notify flag for the online test success. If this flag is on, when the online test result is OK, the online test success notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

FAIL_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test fail. If this flag is on, when the online test result is NOK, the online test fail notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/

NONE

USED_ FLAG_ OFF

Output Parameter Description OT_ID

The ID of the online test schedule.

STATE

The state of the online test scheduler. -

RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is added to execute the test

command at the specified interval. - STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. The periodic tests

are not performed either. TEST_ID

100

The online test that can be performed on the system.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

TI_ID

The test item ID assigned to each online test.

PERIOD[seconds]

The online test interval in seconds.

START_TIME

The online test start time.

END_TIME

The online test end time.

START_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

END_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

SUCCESS_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

FAIL_NOTIFY

The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

101

Command Description

C0535 DELETE ONLINE TEST LIST Command Format DLT-TEST-LIST: OT_ID;

Command Description Delate schedules for a specific online test command. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter OT_ID

Description The Online Test schedule ID will be deleted.

Range 0 ~ 49

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

102

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0536 CHANGE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TRC-ROUTE: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];

Command Description Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace route online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP version, address and DSCP which is used as a reference by the trace route command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

0~9

NONE

0

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

DST_IP_ADDR _V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

DST_IP_ADDR _V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

103

Command Description

is set by the user in advance. DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.

DST_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

DST_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

104

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0537 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TRC-ROUTE: [TI_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace route online test. The test item ID provides the information such as destination IP version, address and DSCP which is used as a reference by the trace route command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID

Description The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

Range 0~9

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description TI_ID

The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

DST_IP_VER

The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.

DST_IP_ADDR_V4

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

105

Command Description

DST_IP_ADDR_V6

The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.

DSCP

The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

106

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0550 START CELL TRAFFIC TRACE Command Format START-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, [LIST_OF_INTERFACES], DEPTH, CELL_NUM, IP_VER, [TCE_IPV4], [TCE_IPV6];

Command Description Registers signaling trace for all active calls within the specified cell. Only one cell per eNB can be specified for this command. For example, to trace Cell #2 while tracing Cell #1, the user must delete the trace of Cell #1 and then add the trace of Cell #2. Once added, a trace cannot be changed. If a change is necessary, the user must delete (STOP-TRC) the existing trace and then add it again. This command can be executed in the following order. 1. Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3. Select the target eNB. 4. Select the Register button and enter parameters. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MCC

Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450, USA: 310 - 316

3

NONE

-

MNC

Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05, SPRINT: 120

3

NONE

-

TRACE_ID

The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.

0 ~ 16777215

NONE

NONE

LIST_OF_INTE RFACES

The interface for which the signaling trace data is to be collected. If no interface is entered, signaling trace data is collected for all interfaces. The interfaces available for data collection include S1MME, X2, and Uu.

S1MME/X2/ S1MME_X2/Uu/ S1MME_Uu/X2_Uu/ S1MME_X2_Uu/

NONE

-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

107

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DEPTH

The detail level of the data to be collected. Minimum, Medium, MinimumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension, and MediumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML decoding format. Maximum and MaximumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML encoding format.

ci_minimum/ ci_medium/ ci_maximum/ ci_woVendorSpecificMi nimum/ ci_woVendorSpecificMe dium/ ci_woVendorSpecificMa ximum/

NONE

NONE

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which trace is to be activated.

0~5

NONE

0

IP_VER

The TCE IP version.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

NONE

TCE_IPV4

The TCE IP address in the IPv4 format.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

TCE_IPV6

The TCE IP address in the IPv6 format.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

108

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0551 STOP CELL TRAFFIC TRACE Command Format STOP-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, CELL_NUM;

Command Description Deletes the trace registered for cells. When the command is executed, collection of the signaling trace data for active calls in the specified cell is stopped. This command can be executed in the following order. 1. Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3. Select the target eNB 4. Select the Delete button. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MCC

Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450, USA: 310 - 316

3

NONE

-

MNC

Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05, SPRINT: 120

3

NONE

-

TRACE_ID

The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.

0 ~ 16777215

NONE

NONE

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which trace is to be activated.

0~5

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

109

Command Description

C0552 CHANGE CSL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CSL-INF: [IP_VER], [CSL_IPV4], [CSL_IPV6], [BUFFERING_TIME];

Command Description Changes the information related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are available for change. - CSL server IP version. - CSL server IP. - CSL buffering time. When the user changes any of the parameters above, the eNB immediately applies the changes to the CSL data and transmits it. The CLS server's IP address supports both IPV4 and IPV6. The default is eNB-LSM (TruceCall server for MPCS). Multiple CSL servers cannot be used. The CSL data is transmitted when: - the buffering time elapses after data is created. - the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

IP_VER

The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

CSL_IPV4

The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

CSL_IPV6

The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 format.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

BUFFERING_T IME

The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of data creation.

5 ~ 60

NONE

5

110

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Output Parameter Description IP_VER

The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.

CSL_IPV4

The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.

CSL_IPV6

The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 format.

BUFFERING_TIME

The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of data creation.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

111

Command Description

C0553 RETRIEVE TRACE JOB LIST Command Format RTRV-TRC;

Command Description Retrieves the trace information of each cell. This command can also be executed in the following order. 1) Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2) Select Call Trace 3) Select the target eNB 4) If the list is not displayed, select the Refresh button. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description ID

It is a dynamic table index.

TYPE

Trace Type 0: Management based Trace(Cell Traffic Trace) 1: Signaling based Trace

MCC

Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450, USA: 310 - 316

MNC

Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05, SPRINT: 120

TRACE_ID

The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.

REFERENCE

A value constituting MCC, MNC and traceId, which is used for identifying traces for calls or cells. It is the key information for identifying the trace and unique within the network.

LIST_OF_INTERFACES

112

The interface for which the signaling trace data is to be col-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

lected. If no interface is entered, signaling trace data is collected for all interfaces. The interfaces available for data collection include S1MME, X2, and Uu. DEPTH

The detail level of the data to be collected. Minimum, Medium, MinimumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension, and MediumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML decoding format. Maximum and MaximumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML encoding format.

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which trace is to be activated.

IP_VER

The type of the IP address (IPV4 or IPV6) of the TCE (trace collection entity). The TCE is the server in which the signaling trace data is to be collected.

TCE_IPV4

The TCE IP address in the IPv4 format.

TCE_IPV6

The TCE IP address in the IPv6 format.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

113

Command Description

C0554 RETRIEVE CSL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CSL-INF;

Command Description Retrieves the settings related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are available for retrieval. - CSL Server IP Version. - CSL Server IP. - CSL Buffering Time. The CSL data is transmitted when: - the buffering time elapses after data is created. - the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description IP_VER

The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.

CSL_IPV4

The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.

CSL_IPV6

The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 format.

BUFFERING_TIME

The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of data creation.

114

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0650 ADD SUBSCRIPTION Command Format ADD-SBSC: MGR_REF, TIME_TICK, NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY, LOG_FLAG, LOG_FTP_REFERENCE;

Command Description Generates information for the notification manager which receives notifications generated in the system. This command also forwards the notifications generated in the system according to the subscription information of the registered notification managers. To create a subscription, the user must enter the manager reference parameters including the network information for the notification manager such as the IP address and the port, and the parameters for category information of the notifications to receive, log collection setting for the notifications, and notification transmission duration. Multiple subscriptions can be created for each notification manager by using different notification category settings. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MGR_REF

The network information for the notification manager. It is entered in the x.x.x.x:yyyy format, where 'x.x.x.x' represents the IP address of the manager and 'yyyy' represents the port of the IP address of the manager. The IP address of the manager also supports the IPv6 format.

64

NONE

x.x.x.x:y yyy

TIME_TICK

The timer value for keep receiving notifications from the time the subscription is registered for the notification manager. If 0, the timer is not used and the subscription is maintained until deleted. The value is in minutes. The value less than 15 is changed to 15 except for 0.

0 ~ 44640

NONE

0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

115

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

NOTIFICATION _CATEGORY

The category of notifications. - NTF_CATEGORY_ALL: All notification categories. - NTF_CATEGORY_ALARM_IRP: Alarm IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_TM_IRP: TM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_NLM_IRP: NLM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_FTM_IRP: FTM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_PM_IRP: PM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_TRM_IRP: TRM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_SWM_IRP: SWM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_BULK_CM_IRP: Bulk CM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_KERNEL_CM_IRP: Kernel CM IRP notification category.

Unit

Default

NTF_CATEGORY_ALL / NTF_CATEGORY_ALA RM_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_TM_ IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_NL M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_FT M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_PM _IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_TR M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_SW M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_BUL K_CM_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_KE RNEL_CM_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_SO N_IRP/

NONE

NTF_C ATEGO RY_ALL

LOG_FLAG

Whether to enable the notification log collection function when registering the notification manager to NE. - LOG_ENABLED: The notification log collection function is enabled according to the notification category value. - LOG_DISABLED: The notification log collection function is disabled.

LOG_DISABLED/ LOG_ENABLED/

NONE

LOG_E NABLE D

LOG_FTP_REF ERENCE

FTP information for transmitting the notification log collected in the NE to the notification manager. This value needs only when LogFlag is set to LOG_ENABLED. It is entered in the 'ftp_username:ftp_password:ftp_path:sftp' format. Enter the user name of the ftp account in ftp_username, the password of the ftp account in ftp_password, the log file upload path in ftp_path, and the sftp protocol in sftp.

256

NONE

userid:pass wd:/log/ system/ applog

Output Parameter Description SBSC_ID

The subscription ID for the notification manager registered in the notification management system.

116

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0651 DELETE SUBSCRIPTION Command Format DLT-SBSC: MGR_REF;

Command Description Deletes subscriptions for the notification manager information created for receiving the notifications generated in the system. To delete a subscription, the user must enter the MGR_REF parameter which includes the IP address and the port information of the notification manager and the SBSC_ID which is the ID for the registered subscription. Since multiple subscriptions can be created for each notification manager, if the user wants to delete all registered subscriptions for the a notification manager, only MGR_REF needs to be entered for the registered notification manager. Deleting a registered subscription also deletes the notification log function registered for the subscription. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter MGR_REF

Description The network information for the notification manager. It is entered in the x.x.x.x:yyyy format, where 'x.x.x.x' represents the IP address of the manager and 'yyyy' represents the port of the IP address of the manager. The IP address of the manager also supports the IPv6 format.

Range 64

Unit

Default

NONE

x.x.x.x:y yyy

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

117

Command Description

C0654 RESUME SUBSCRIPTION Command Format START-SBSC;

Command Description Starts the suspended notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the command, the user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for which the notification service will be started. The command has no effect on services registered for other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for the subscription is not 0, the timer also starts when the subscription is started. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

118

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0655 SUSPEND SUBSCRIPTION Command Format STOP-SBSC;

Command Description Stops notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the command, the user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for which the notification service will be stopped. Notification transmission continues for services registered for other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for the subscription is not 0, the timer value is reset when the subscription is stopped, and the timer will start again when the service starts. The command for stopping notification services can only be executed for subscriptions with active notification services. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

119

Command Description

C0656 RETRIEVE SUBSCRIPTION Command Format RTRV-SBSC;

Command Description Retrieves the subscription information for notification managers registered for receiving the notifications generated in the system. This command displays the notification manager's network information (IP address and port information), time tick setting, notification log collection function flag, and FTP information for notification log transmission. The user can also retrieve a specific subscription by entering a subscription ID for a registered notification manager. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description NTF_MANAGER_REFERENCE

The network information for the notification manager.

NTF_SUBSCRIPTION_STATE

Whether to provide notification for the registered subscription. -

NTF_SUB_STATE_SUSPENDED: Notification is not pro-

vided. -

NTF_SUB_STATE_NOTSUSPENDED: Notification is pro-

vided. NTF_TIME_TICK

The timer value for keep receiving notifications from the time the subscription is registered for the notification manager.

NTF_NOTIFICATION_CATEGORYThe category of notifications. NTF_LOG_FLAG

Whether to enable the notification log function when registering notification manager (LOG_ENABLED/ LOG_DISABLED)

NTF_LOG_FTP_REFERENCE

It is used only when LogFlag is set to LOG_ENABLED. FTP information for transmitting the notification logs collected from

120

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

the eNB to the notification manager.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

121

Command Description

C0657 EXPORT NOTIFICATION LOG RECORDS Command Format UPLD-NOTI-LOG;

Command Description Records the notification logs collected for the notification category set for the registered notification manager in a file and sends it to the notification manager. Whenever a notification is generated, the notification log data is saved in the system, which is used for generating a notification log file at the time of user request according to the registered notification category. Then, this file is transmitted over FTP. The FTP transmission is performed by referencing the FTP_REFERENCE information entered at the time of subscription registration for the FTP login account information and the log file upload path. The name of the notification log file is NLIRP_XML_Notification.xml and the maximum size is 4MB. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

122

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0661 CHANGE EMS CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-EMS-CONF: [IPV4_ADDR], [IPV6_ADDR];

Command Description Change EMS IP Address. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

IPV4_ADDR

EMS IPv4 Address.

IPv4 Address

NONE

--

IPV6_ADDR

EMS IPv6 Address.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description IPV4_ADDR

EMS IPv4 Address.

IPV6_ADDR

EMS IPv6 Address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

123

Command Description

C0662 RETRIEVE EMS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-EMS-CONF;

Command Description EMS IP Address Display. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description

124

IPV4_ADDR

EMS IPv4 Address.

IPV6_ADDR

EMS IPv6 Address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0700 RETRIEVE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE];

Command Description Retrieves the alarm inhibition information. The user can use this command to retrieve the list of alarms inhibited from being displayed on the operator screen. If certain alarms are not generated when faults occur during operation, the user can execute this command to check whether the alarms are inhibited. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates the Unit type.

UMP/ECP/GPSR/SYS/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

This field indicates the Unit ID.

0~2

NONE

0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

125

Command Description

Parameter ALARM_TYPE

Description This field indicates an alarm type that can be inhibited.

Range

Unit

Default

MME_COMMUNICATION_ FAIL/SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/ FAN_FAIL/UDA/ BOARD_DELETION/ POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ CLOCK_FAIL/ MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/ DSP_RESTART/SFN_FAIL/ OVERLOAD/DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/ PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_R X_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_T X_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE_HI GH/ANTENNA_FAIL/ HOLDOVER_24H/ LOCKING_FAIL/ TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPUT_F AIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DI SCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_COMMUNICA TION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE_FAI L/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VO LTAGE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VO LTAGE_LOW/ SLEEPING_CELL_DETEC TION/PROCESS_DOWN/

NONE

CLOCK _FAIL

Output Parameter Description

126

UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates the Unit type.

UNIT_ID

This field indicates the Unit ID.

ALARM_TYPE

This field indicates an alarm type that can be inhibited.

ALARM_CODE

This field indicates an alarm code that can be inhibited.

INHIBIT_STATUS

This field indicates a status inhibited of an alarm.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0701 CHANGE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE], INHIBIT_STATUS;

Command Description Changes the alarm inhibition information. The user can use this command to change the existing alarm inhibition information. The alarms inhibited by the user are not displayed on the screen and are not recorded in the alarm history. If certain alarms are not generated when faults occur during operation, the user can execute this command to check whether the alarms are inhibited. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates the Unit type to which an alarm inhibition will be applied.

UMP/ECP/GPSR/SYS/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

This field indicates the Unit ID to which an alarm inhibition will be applied.

0~2

NONE

0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

127

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ALARM_TYPE

This field describes an alarm type that can be inhibited.

MME_COMMUNICATI ON_FAIL/ SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERRO R/FAN_FAIL/UDA/ BOARD_DELETION/ POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FA IL/CLOCK_FAIL/ MEMORY_FAIL/ DSP_FAIL/ DSP_RESTART/ SFN_FAIL/OVERLOAD/DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/ PORT_DOWN/ CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_TX_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE _HIGH/ ANTENNA_FAIL/ HOLDOVER_24H/ LOCKING_FAIL/ TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH / RECTIFIER_AC_INPU T_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY _DISCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_COMMUN ICATION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE _FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_LOW/ SLEEPING_CELL_DET ECTION/ PROCESS_DOWN/

NONE

CLOCK _FAIL

INHIBIT_STAT US

This field describes a status inhibited of an alarm.

ALLOW/INHIBIT/

NONE

ALLOW

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

128

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0704 RETRIEVE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];

Command Description Retrieves the alarm severity state of the NE. The user can use this command to retrieve the alarm severity state information set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command. When the alarm severity state is set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command, the severity state is overwritten. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates a unit type.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/PSU/SYS/

Unit NONE

Default UMP

129

Command Description

Parameter ALARM_TY PE

Description This field indicates an alarm type.

Range

Unit

MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/FAN_FAIL/ BOARD_DELETION/POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FAIL/CLOCK_FAIL/ MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/ DSP_RESTART/SFN_FAIL/ PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_TX_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/LNA_FAIL/ LOW_GAIN/LOW_POWER/ OVER_POWER/VSWR_FAIL/ RSSI_HIGH/RSSI_LOW/ ANTENNA_FAIL/HOLDOVER_24H/ LOCKING_FAIL/TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPUT_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCONNECT/ RECTIFIER_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_DC_OVER_CURRENT/ RECTIFIER_DOOR_OPEN/ RECTIFIER_HEATER_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_HIG H/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_LOW /SLEEPING_CELL_DETECTION/ PROCESS_DOWN/ HW_TYPE_MISMATCH/

NONE

Default CLOCK _FAIL

Output Parameter Description

130

UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates a unit type.

ALARM_TYPE

This field indicates an alarm type.

SEVERITY

This field indiccates the status severity of an alarm.

ALARM_CODE

This field indicates an alarm code.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0705 CHANGE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], SEVERITY;

Command Description Changes the alarm severity state. You can use this command to change the existing alarm severity state information. When an alarm occurs, the alarm severity state information changed by the CHG-ALM-SEV command is displayed on the operator screen. The changed alarm severity state can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-SEV command. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_TYPE

Description This is a unit type to which an alarm severity will be changed.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/PSU/SYS/

Unit NONE

Default UMP

131

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ALARM_TY PE

This field indicates an alarm.

MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/FAN_FAIL/ BOARD_DELETION/POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ CLOCK_FAIL/MEMORY_FAIL/ DSP_FAIL/DSP_RESTART/ SFN_FAIL/PORT_DOWN/ CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_TX_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/ LNA_FAIL/LOW_GAIN/ LOW_POWER/OVER_POWER/ VSWR_FAIL/RSSI_HIGH/ RSSI_LOW/ANTENNA_FAIL/ HOLDOVER_24H/LOCKING_FAIL/ TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPUT_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCHARG E/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCONNE CT/ RECTIFIER_COMMUNICATION_FA IL/ RECTIFIER_DC_OVER_CURRENT/ RECTIFIER_DOOR_OPEN/ RECTIFIER_HEATER_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_H IGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_L OW/ SLEEPING_CELL_DETECTION/ PROCESS_DOWN/ HW_TYPE_MISMATCH/

NONE

CLOCK _FAIL

SEVERITY

This field indicates the severity of an alarm.

critical/major/minor/warning/

NONE

major

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

132

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0706 RETRIEVE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];

Command Description Retrieve the alarm Threshold configuration information TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates a unit type to which an alarm Threshold will be applied.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

ALARM_TYPE

This field indicates an alarm type.

OVERLOAD/ DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/

NONE

OVERLOAD

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

This field indicates a unit type to which an alarm Threshold will be applied.

ALARM_TYPE

This field indicates an alarm type.

ALARM_CODE

This field indicates an alarm code.

THR_CRI_DEC

Critical level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorDeclare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.

THR_MAJ_DEC

Major level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMajorDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorDeclare. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

133

Command Description

THR_MIN_DEC

Minor level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.

THR_CRI_CLR

Critical level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdCriticalClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorClear. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.

THR_MAJ_CLR

Major level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMajorClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorClear. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.

THR_MIN_CLR

Minor level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.

134

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0707 CHANGE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], [THR_CRI_DEC], [THR_MAJ_DEC], [THR_MIN_DEC], [THR_CRI_CLR], [THR_MAJ_CLR], [THR_MIN_CLR];

Command Description Changes the alarm threshold. The user can use this command to change the existing alarm threshold. When a Threshold alarm occurs and if the alarm exceeds the level threshold changed by the CHG-ALM-THR command, the corresponding alarm level is displayed on the operator screen. The changed alarm threshold can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-THR command. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

This is a unit type to which an alarm severity will be changed.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

ALARM_TYPE

This field indicates an alarm.

OVERLOAD/ DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/

NONE

OVERLOAD

THR_CRI_DEC

Critical level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorDeclare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.

1 ~ 100

NONE

95

THR_MAJ_DE C

Major level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMajorDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorDeclare. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.

1 ~ 100

NONE

90

THR_MIN_DEC

Minor level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.

1 ~ 100

NONE

85

THR_CRI_CLR

Critical level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdCriticalClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorClear. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.

1 ~ 100

NONE

95

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

135

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

THR_MAJ_CLR

Major level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMajorClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorClear. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.

1 ~ 100

NONE

90

THR_MIN_CLR

Minor level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.

1 ~ 100

NONE

85

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

136

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0708 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA Command Format RTRV-UDA-DATA: [PORT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID

Description The port ID for which the UDA data is to be retrieved. If no port ID is entered, all UDA data is retrieved.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

Port ID for detect UDA Alarm

STATUS

The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.

ALARM_NAME

User-defined alarm name

SEVERITY

Alarm severity of UDA.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

137

Command Description

C0709 CHANGE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA Command Format CHG-UDA-DATA: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ALARM_NAME], [SEVERITY];

Command Description Changes the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device. When an alarm has occurred on the UDA port, use the CHG-UDA-DATA command to change STATUS to N_EQUIP to clear the alarm, change ALARM_NAME to clear the alarm of the previous name and have another alarm occur using the new name, or change severity to clear the alarm of the previous severity level and have another alarm occur using the new severity level. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PORT_ID

The port ID for which the UDA data is to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

STATUS

Whether to use the UDA port. - EQUIP: The UDA port is used. - N_EQUIP: The UDA port is not used.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

When N_EQUIP is entered, the user is not notified even when an alarm occurs on the UDA port. ALARM_NAME

The name of the alarm detected on the UDA port.

64

NONE

-

SEVERITY

The severity of the alarm detected on the UDA port.

critical/major/minor/ warning/

NONE

major

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

Port ID for detect UDA Alarm

STATUS

The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.

ALARM_NAME

138

User-defined alarm name

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SEVERITY

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Alarm severity of UDA.

139

Command Description

C0710 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA Command Format RTRV-UDA-CTRL: [PORT_ID];

Command Description Retrieve the User defined control port configuration. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID

Description User defined control port ID to display.

Range

Unit

0~1

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

User defined control port ID to display.

STATUS

The equip status of port.

NAME

The Control configuration name of port

TYPE

Control type of User defined control port. Supported control types are on and off.

DURATION

Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.

140

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0711 CHANGE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA Command Format CHG-UDA-CTRL: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [NAME], [TYPE], [DURATION];

Command Description Change the User defined control port configuration. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PORT_ID

User defined control port ID to display.

0~1

NONE

0

STATUS

The equip status of port.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

NAME

The Control configuration name of port

64

NONE

-

TYPE

Control type of User defined control port. Supported control types are on and off.

OFF/ON/

NONE

ON

DURATION

Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.

1 ~ 60

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

User defined control port ID to display.

STATUS

The equip status of port.

NAME

The Control configuration name of port

TYPE

Control type of User defined control port. Supported control types are on and off.

DURATION

Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

141

Command Description

C0712 RETRIEVE ACTIVE ALARMS Command Format RTRV-ALM-LIST: [UNIT_TYPE];

Command Description Retrieves the list of alarms currently active in the NE. This command retrieves alarm time, alarm group information, cause information, alarm severity, detailed alarm type, thresholds, and occurrence location. It does not retrieve any alarms previously occurred and cleared or alarms inhibited by user. Only the alarms not inhibited are displayed. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_TYPE

Description

Range

It is unit type

Unit

UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/ PSU/SYS/

NONE

Default UMP

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type

LOCATION

It is provided with the alarm location information using Xpath expression.

ALARM_TYPE

One probableCause can be mapped into several specificProblem to represent more detailed information.

142

RAISED_TIME

Alarm occurrence time.

ALARM_GROUP

Alarm group.

PROBABLE_CAUSE

Refer to Annex.A of 3GPP TS 32.111-3.

SEVERITY

The severity of alarm

ALARM_CODE

AlarmCode.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

INFO

It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm, it is provided threshold and current value)

SEQUENCE_ID

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The sequence ID of the alarm.

143

Command Description

C0713 RETRIEVE ALARM LOGS Command Format RTRV-ALM-LOG;

Command Description Retrieves the alarm history in the NE. Up to 100 recent alarms are retrieved. This command retrieves alarm occurrence time, alarm cleared time, alarm group, cause, detailed alarm type, and occurrence location. If the alarm has not yet been cleared after its occurrence, the cleared time is retrieved as '-' in the alarm log. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description LOG_NO

Table index

UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type

ALARM_TYPE

One probableCause can be mapped into several specificProblem to represent more detailed information.

LOCATION

It is provided with the alarm location information.

RAISED_TIME

Alarm occurrence time.

ALARM_GROUP

Alarm group.

PROBABLE_CAUSE

Refer to Annex.A of 3GPP TS 32.111-3.Some alarm has Samsung’s specific probableCause.

144

SEVERITY

The severity of alarm

ALARM_CODE

This field indicates an alarm code that can be inhibited.

INFO

It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

alarm, it is provided threshold and current value)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

145

Command Description

C0714 RETRIEVE ALARM INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-INF: [UNIT_TYPE];

Command Description This operation is response of the list of available alarm information. TIMEOUT

30

Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_TYPE

Description It is unit type.

Range

Unit

UMP/ECP/RRH/ GPSR/PSU/SYS/

NONE

Defaul t UMP

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

It is the unit type.

ALARM_TYPE

It is a alarm Type.

ALARM_GROUP

Alarm Event Type

PROBABLE_CAUSE

Probable Cause defined TS32.111-3 ANNEX-A.

ALARM_CODE

Alarm Code

SEVERITY

The severity of alarm

INFO

It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm, it is provided threshold and current value)

146

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0750 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR STATUS Command Format RTRV-PRC-STS: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];

Command Description Inquire unit status of system. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

RACK_ID

It is rack ID.

SHELF_ID

It is shelf ID.

SLOT_ID

It is slot ID.

DUAL_STATUS

It is dual status of the unit.

OPERATIONAL_STATE

It is operational state of the unit.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state of the processor.

TEMPERATURE

It is Temperature of the unit.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

147

Command Description

C0751 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK STATE/STATUS Command Format RTRV-ELINK-STS: [PORT_ID];

Command Description Inquire external link status. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID

Description

Range

It is port ID.

0~5

Unit NONE

Default 0

Output Parameter Description

148

PORT_ID

It is port ID.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

It is administrative state of link.

OPERATIONAL_STATE

It is operational state of link.

INTERFACE_NAME

It is the interface name.

RX_UTIL

It is rx utilization.

TX_UTIL

It is tx utilization.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0752 RETRIEVE CPU UTILIZATION Command Format RTRV-CPU-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves CPU utilization of the processor. Available processor types are UMP (main board) and ECP (channel card). Displays the processor board type, processor ID, shelf ID, slot ID, and CPU load value. The CPU load value is periodically updated. It indicates the CPU utilization as a percentage of total availability. The processor type and processor ID represent the logical location of the processor while the shelf ID and slot ID represent the physical location of the processor. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

RACK_ID

It is rack ID.

SHELF_ID

It is shelf ID.

SLOT_ID

It is slot ID.

CPU_LOAD

It is CPU load.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

149

Command Description

C0753 RETRIEVE MEMORY UTILIZATION Command Format RTRV-MEM-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];

Command Description Inquire memory utilization. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description

150

UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

RACK_ID

It is rack ID.

SHELF_ID

It is shelf ID.

SLOT_ID

It is slot ID.

TOT_SIZE

It is total memory size in KB.

USED_SIZE

It is used memory size in KB.

FREE_SIZE

It is free memory size in KB.

USED_RATE

It is used rate of memory.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0754 RETRIEVE DISK UTILIZATION Command Format RTRV-DISK-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];

Command Description Inquire disk utilization. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UMP/ECP/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

It is unit type.

UNIT_ID

It is unit ID.

RACK_ID

It is rack ID.

SHELF_ID

It is shelf ID.

SLOT_ID

It is slot ID.

S_DISK_TYPE

it is String Disk Type.

TOT_SIZE

It is total disk size in KB.

USED_SIZE

It is used disk size in KB.

FREE_SIZE

It is free disk size in KB.

USED_RATE

It is used rate of disk.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

151

Command Description

C0850 RETRIEVE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-SYS-CONF;

Command Description Retrieves the system configuration information. It includes the system ID, status (EQUIP/ N_EQUIP), administrative state (locked, shutting down, unlocked), the type of grown system and the system version. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description SYS_ID

The system ID configured by the user when growing the system

STATUS

The system status. -

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

EQUIP: Grown - N_EQUIP: Degrown

The administrative state of the system configured by the user. -

locked: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow pro-

cess. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -

unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The

grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -

shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource

degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state. TYPE

152

The type of the network element (LTE eNB is set to eNB).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SYS_TYPE

The system type set by the user when growing the system. This includes system information such as indoor/outdoor and integrated/standalone.

USER_LABEL

An additional system name given by the user.

SW_VERSION

The software version running in the system.

LATITUDE

The latitude of the system location. A BBB:CC:DD.DDD - A : hemisphere. 'N' or 'S'. -BBB -CC

: degree. 0~90.

: minutes. 0~59.

-DD.DDD

LONGITUDE

The longitude of the system location. A BBB:CC:DD.DDD. -A

: hemisphere. 'E' or 'W'.

-BBB -CC

: degree. 0~180.

: minutes. 0~59.

-DD.DDD

HEIGHT

: seconds. 00.000~59.999

: seconds. 00.000~59.999

The altitude of the system location. AAAA.AAm. -AAAA.AA -9999.99m

AC_COMM_FAIL_TX_FLAG

: water elevation.

~ 9999.99m unit 'm' must be added. ex) '53.85m'

Whether to give the output off command to the RF unit when the Access Control Communication Fail alarm occurs.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

153

Command Description

C0851 RETRIEVE SYSTEM PHYSICAL RESOURCE(BOARD,UNIT) CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-UNIT-CONF: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [SIDE];

Command Description Retrieves the type, ID, mounting status in the PLD, board type, and mounting location for each unit of the system. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UNIT_TYPE

The unit type.

UMP/ECP/ECM/RECTIFIER/

NONE

UMP

UNIT_ID

The ID of each unit; a unique value within UnitType.

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

SIDE

The side information of each unit; Single, A_Side, B_Side

SINGLE/

NONE

SINGLE

Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE

The unit type.

UNIT_ID

The ID of each unit; a unique value within UnitType.

SIDE

The side information of each unit; Single, A_Side, B_Side

STATUS

The mounting status in the PLD for the UnitType and UnitID. -

EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and

available in the system. The unit is also available for loading the software. -

N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD

and unavailable in the system. The unit is also unavailable for loading the software.

154

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state of the system unit configured by the user. -

locked: A transitional state in the system unit grow/degrow

process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -

unlocked: The system unit resource growth is complete. The

grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -

shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource

degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state. BOARD_TYPE

The board type of the UnitType and UnitID. For the hardware type of the unit, the same UnitType can have different types of boards.

RACK_ID

The ID of the rack where the UnitType and UnitId are located.

SHELF_ID

The ID of the shelf where the UnitType and UnitId are located.

SLOT_ID

The ID of the slot where the UnitType and UnitId are located.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

155

Command Description

C0853 RETRIEVE DB VERSION Command Format RTRV-DB-VER;

Command Description Retrieves the version information of the PLD database in the system. This includes the database schema version and the database data version. It also shows the time of the last database update. The database schema version is the same as the software version, and the database data version increments by 1 each time the database is updated. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description DB_SCHEMA_VERSION

The version information is changed when the PLD database in the system is changed structurally. It is the same as the software version.

156

DB_DATA_VERSION

The version information of the PLD database in the system.

DB_UPDATED_TIME

The last update time of the PLD database in the system.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0859 RETRIEVE CELL CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-CONF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration information of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select a cell to be retrieved. If no cell is selected, configuration information for all cells is displayed. The user can retrieve the cell's status, administrative state, sector information. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.

STATUS

The status information of the cell. -

EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is grown and available in the

system. In the EQUIP state, the user can change the cell status to locked, unlocked, or shuttingDown. -

N_EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is degrown and unavailable

in the system.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

157

Command Description

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be changed later by the user. -

locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.

In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -

unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources

are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -

shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-

cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state. SECTOR_ID

The ID of the sector to which the cell belongs (in the range from 0 to 2 in a system supporting 3 sectors).

FA_ID

The ID of the FA to which the cell belongs.

CC_ID

The ID of the channel card supporting the cell (unique within the system).

DSP_ID

The DSP ID within the channel card supporting the cell (unique within the channel card).

158

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C0860 RETRIEVE NTP CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-NTP-CONF: [SVR_TYPE];

Command Description Retrieve NTP Server IP Information. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter SVR_TYPE

Description NTP Configuration Table Index.

Range PRIMARY_NTP_SER VER/ SECONDARY_NTP_S ERVER/

Unit NONE

Defaul t PRIMA RY_NT P_SER VER

Output Parameter Description SVR_TYPE

NTP Configuration Table Index.

IP_VER

NTP Server IP Version

NTP_IPV4

NTP Server V4 IP Address

NTP_IPV6

NTP Server V6 IP Address

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

159

Command Description

C0861 CHANGE NTP CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-NTP-CONFIGURATION: SVR_TYPE, [IP_VER], [NTP_IPV4], [NTP_IPV6];

Command Description Change NTP Server IP Information. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SVR_TYPE

NTP Configuration Table Index.

PRIMARY_NTP_SERV ER/ SECONDARY_NTP_S ERVER/

NONE

PRIMA RY_NT P_SER VER

IP_VER

NTP Server IP Version

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

NTP_IPV4

NTP Server V4 IP Address

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

NTP_IPV6

NTP Server V6 IP Address

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description

160

SVR_TYPE

NTP Configuration Table Index.

IP_VER

NTP Server IP Version

NTP_IPV4

NTP Server V4 IP Address

NTP_IPV6

NTP Server V6 IP Address

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1743 CREATE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [VLAN_ID], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [DESCRIPTION];

Command Description This command is to activate VLAN interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for the VLAN interface.

0 ~ 15

NONE

0

IF_NAME

The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combination of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.

24

NONE

-

VLAN_ID

The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).

1 ~ 4094

NONE

1

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

linkLocked/linkUnlocked/

NONE

linkUnlocked

DESCRIPTION

The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

32

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the VLAN interface.

IF_NAME

The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combination of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.

VLAN_ID

The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN

161

Command Description

interface.

DESCRIPTION

-

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

162

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1744 DELETE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX;

Command Description This command is to deactivate VLAN interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for the VLAN interface.

Range 0 ~ 15

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

163

Command Description

C1745 CHANGE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];

Command Description This command is to change VLAN interface TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for the VLAN interface.

0 ~ 15

NONE

0

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

linkLocked/linkUnlocked/

NONE

linkLocked

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the VLAN interface.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface.

164

-

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1746 RETRIEVE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-VLAN-CONF: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description This command is to retrieve VLAN interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

Index for the VLAN interface.

0 ~ 15

Defaul t

Unit NONE

0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the VLAN interface.

IF_NAME

The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combination of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.

VLAN_ID

The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface.

DESCRIPTION

-

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

165

Command Description

C1747 CHANGE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ELINK-CONF: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [CONNECT_TYPE], [SPEED_DUPLEX], [MTU], [FLOW_CONTROL], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];

Command Description Changes the configuration information of the external link for communication outside the system. The user can specify the unit type, unit ID, or port ID and change the status of the port to grow or degrow it. To prevent communication interruption, the last link cannot be degrown or locked. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PORT_ID

The port ID of the external link.

0~5

NONE

0

STATUS

The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port. - EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and available in the system. - N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD and unavailable in the system.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

linkLocked/linkUnlocked/

NONE

linkUnlocked

CONNECT_TY PE

The connect type of the external link.

Backhaul/UDE/

NONE

Backhaul

SPEED_DUPL EX

The speed and duplex of the backhaul port. - AUTO: The speed is determined by autonegotiation. - S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, halfduplex mode. - S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode. - S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, halfduplex mode. - S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, fullduplex mode. - S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

AUTO/S10_HALF/ S10_FULL/ S100_HALF/ S100_FULL/ S1000_FULL/ S10G_FULL/

NONE

AUTO

166

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MTU

The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).

68 ~ 8270

NONE

1500

FLOW_CONTR OL

Whether flow control of the external link is enabled. - False: Flow control is disabled. - True: Flow control is enabled.

False/True/

NONE

False

LAG_ID

The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).

0~2

NONE

0

DESCRIPTION

Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are allowed.

32

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

The port ID of the external link.

STATUS

The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port. -

EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and

available in the system. -

N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD

and unavailable in the system. ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state. -

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

CONNECT_TYPE

The connect type of the external link.

SPEED_DUPLEX

The speed and duplex of the backhaul port.

MTU

-

AUTO: The speed is determined by auto-negotiation.

-

S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half-duplex mode.

-

S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

-

S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, half-duplex mode.

-

S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

-

S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).

FLOW_CONTROL

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Whether flow control of the external link is enabled. -

False: Flow control is disabled.

-

True: Flow control is enabled.

167

Command Description

LAG_ID

The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).

MEDIA_TYPE

The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.

DESCRIPTION

Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are allowed.

168

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1748 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ELINK-CONF: [PORT_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the external link settings. If Port ID is not specified, all external link settings are retrieved. This command can retrieve settings such as EQUIP of link, lock status, media type, MTU, speed, duplex, and flow control. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID

Description

Range

The port ID of the external link.

0~5

Unit NONE

Default 0

Output Parameter Description PORT_ID

The port ID of the external link.

STATUS

The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port. -

EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and

available in the system. -

N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD

and unavailable in the system. ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state. -

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

CONNECT_TYPE

The connect type of the external link.

SPEED_DUPLEX

The speed and duplex of the backhaul port.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

AUTO: The speed is determined by auto-negotiation.

-

S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half-duplex mode.

169

Command Description

MTU

-

S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

-

S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, half-duplex mode.

-

S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

-

S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-duplex mode.

The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).

FLOW_CONTROL

Whether flow control of the external link is enabled. -

False: Flow control is disabled.

-

True: Flow control is enabled.

LAG_ID

The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).

MEDIA_TYPE

The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.

DESCRIPTION

Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are allowed.

170

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1749 CREATE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];

Command Description This command is to activate LINK AGGREGATION. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

This field indicates dbIndex

0~1

NONE

0

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

linkLocked/linkUnlocked/

NONE

linkUnlocked

LAG_ID

This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID

1~2

NONE

1

DESCRIPTION

The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

32

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

This field indicates dbIndex

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. -

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

LAG_ID

This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID

DESCRIPTION

The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

171

Command Description

C1750 DELETE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX;

Command Description This command is to deactivate LINK AGGREGATION. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description This field indicates dbIndex

Range 0~1

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

172

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1751 CHANGE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];

Command Description This command is to change LINK AGGREGATION TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

This field indicates dbIndex

0~1

NONE

0

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

linkLocked/linkUnlocked/

NONE

linkLocked

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

This field indicates dbIndex

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

173

Command Description

C1752 RETRIEVE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-LAG-CONF: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description This command is to retrieve LINK AGGREGATION. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

This field indicates dbIndex

Unit

0~1

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

This field indicates dbIndex

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. -

linkLocked: The port is disabled.

-

linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.

LAG_ID

This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID

DESCRIPTION

The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

174

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1905 RETRIEVE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IP-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves the IP address set for interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

Index for setting the IP address.

0 ~ 29

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IP address.

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

IP_ADDR

The IP address to be set.

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

OAM

Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM.

LTE_SIGNAL_S1

-

False: The IP address is not used for OAM.

-

True: The IP address is used for OAM.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals. -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.

175

Command Description

-

LTE_SIGNAL_X2

True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals.

LTE_BEARER

-

False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer.

176

-

False: The IP address is not used for bearer.

-

True: The IP address is used for bearer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1906 CREATE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];

Command Description Sets the IP address for an interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IP address. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IP address.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

24

NONE

-

IP_ADDR

The IP address to be set.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

1 ~ 30

NONE

24

OAM

Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ S1

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ X2

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

177

Command Description

Parameter LTE_BEARER

Description

Range

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.

Unit

False/True/

NONE

Default True

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IP address.

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

IP_ADDR

The IP address to be set.

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

OAM

Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM.

LTE_SIGNAL_S1

-

False: The IP address is not used for OAM.

-

True: The IP address is used for OAM.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals.

LTE_SIGNAL_X2

-

False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals.

LTE_BEARER

-

False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer.

178

-

False: The IP address is not used for bearer.

-

True: The IP address is used for bearer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1907 DELETE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Deletes the IP address set for an interface. Once the IP address is deleted, the IP communication is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for setting the IP address.

Range 0 ~ 29

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

179

Command Description

C1908 RETRIEVE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV6-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves the IPv6 address set for interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

Index for setting the IPv6 address.

Unit

0 ~ 29

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IPv6 address.

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address to be set.

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 address.

OAM

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM.

LTE_SIGNAL_S1

-

False: The IP address is not used for OAM.

-

True: The IP address is used for OAM.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals. -

180

False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

LTE_SIGNAL_X2

True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.

LTE_BEARER

-

False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

False: The IP address is not used for bearer.

-

True: The IP address is used for bearer.

181

Command Description

C1909 CREATE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];

Command Description Sets the IPv6 address for the interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IPv6 address. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IPv6 address.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

24

NONE

-

IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address to be set.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 address.

1 ~ 127

NONE

64

OAM

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ S1

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ X2

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

182

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter LTE_BEARER

Description

Range

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.

False/True/

Unit NONE

Default True

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IPv6 address.

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address to be set.

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 address.

OAM

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM.

LTE_SIGNAL_S1

-

False: The IP address is not used for OAM.

-

True: The IP address is used for OAM.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals.

LTE_SIGNAL_X2

-

False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.

LTE_BEARER

-

False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

False: The IP address is not used for bearer.

-

True: The IP address is used for bearer.

183

Command Description

C1910 DELETE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Deletes the IPv6 address set for an interface. Once the IPv6 address is deleted, the IPv6 communication is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for setting the IPv6 address.

Range 0 ~ 29

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

184

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1911 RETRIEVE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV4-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves configured IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.

Range 0~2

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.

ATTRIBUTE

IP Attribute Type.

PRI_IPV4_ADDR

Primary IPv4 Address.

SEC_IPV4_ADDR

Secondary IPv4 Address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

185

Command Description

C1912 CHANGE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IPV4-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV4_ADDR], [SEC_IPV4_ADDR];

Command Description Changes configuration of IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.

0~2

NONE

0

PRI_IPV4_ADD R

Primary IPv4 Address.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

SEC_IPV4_AD DR

Secondary IPv4 Address.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description

186

DB_INDEX

Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.

ATTRIBUTE

IP Attribute Type.

PRI_IPV4_ADDR

Primary IPv4 Address.

SEC_IPV4_ADDR

Secondary IPv4 Address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1913 RETRIEVE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IP-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves static IP routes set by the user. If the DB_INDEX parameter is entered, only the corresponding IP route is retrieved. If not, all IP routes are retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for the IP route.

Range 0 ~ 127

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the IP route.

IP_PREFIX

IP route to be created.

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

IP_GW

The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.

DISTANCE

The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

187

Command Description

C1914 CREATE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IP_PREFIX], [IP_PFX_LEN], [IP_GW], [DISTANCE];

Command Description Creates static IP route. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for the IP route.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

IP_PREFIX

IP route to be created.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

0 ~ 32

NONE

0

IP_GW

The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

DISTANCE

The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.

1 ~ 255

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the IP route.

IP_PREFIX

IP route to be created.

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

IP_GW

The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.

DISTANCE

The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.

188

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1915 DELETE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Deletes static IP route. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for the IP route.

Range 0 ~ 127

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

189

Command Description

C1916 RETRIEVE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV6-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves static IPv6 routes set by the user. If the DB_INDEX parameter is entered, only the corresponding IPv6 route is retrieved. If not, all IPv6 routes are retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for the IPv6 route.

Range 0 ~ 127

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the IPv6 route.

IPV6_PREFIX

IPv6 route to be created.

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network mask.

IPV6_GW

The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.

DISTANCE

The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.

190

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1917 CREATE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IPV6_PREFIX], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [IPV6_GW], [DISTANCE];

Command Description Creates static IPv6 route. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for the IPv6 route.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

IPV6_PREFIX

IPv6 route to be created.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network mask.

0 ~ 128

NONE

0

IPV6_GW

The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

DISTANCE

The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.

1 ~ 255

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for the IPv6 route.

IPV6_PREFIX

IPv6 route to be created.

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network mask.

IPV6_GW

The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.

DISTANCE

The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

191

Command Description

C1918 DELETE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Deletes static IPv6 route. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index for the IPv6 route.

Range 0 ~ 127

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

192

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1919 CHANGE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];

Command Description Changes the IP address for an interface. The changes made to the IP addresses are applied to the system immediately. Therefore, the user must check that the new IP address conforms to the network IP configuration to avoid IP communication problems after making changes. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IP address.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

24

NONE

-

IP_ADDR

The IP address to be set.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

1 ~ 30

NONE

24

OAM

Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ S1

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ X2

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

193

Command Description

Parameter LTE_BEARER

Description

Range

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.

Unit

False/True/

NONE

Default True

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IP address.

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

IP_ADDR

The IP address to be set.

IP_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.

OAM

Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM.

LTE_SIGNAL_S1

-

False: The IP address is not used for OAM.

-

True: The IP address is used for OAM.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals.

LTE_SIGNAL_X2

-

False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals.

LTE_BEARER

-

False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer.

194

-

False: The IP address is not used for bearer.

-

True: The IP address is used for bearer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1920 CHANGE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];

Command Description Changes the IPv6 address set for an interface. To change an IPv6 address, an interface with an IPv6 address must exist. Enter the new address in the DB_INDEX parameter. Since any changes to IPv6 addresses are applied in the system immediately, the user must check that the new IPv6 address conforms to the external network configuration in order to avoid communication interruptions after changing the address. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IPv6 address.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

24

NONE

-

IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address to be set.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 address.

1 ~ 127

NONE

64

OAM

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_SIGNAL_ S1

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

195

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

LTE_SIGNAL_ X2

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

False/True/

NONE

True

LTE_BEARER

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.

False/True/

NONE

True

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index for setting the IPv6 address.

IF_NAME

The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.

IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address to be set.

IPV6_PFX_LEN

The prefix length of the IPv6 address.

OAM

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM.

LTE_SIGNAL_S1

-

False: The IP address is not used for OAM.

-

True: The IP address is used for OAM.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals.

LTE_SIGNAL_X2

-

False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.

LTE_BEARER

-

False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.

-

True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.

Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer. -

196

False: The IP address is not used for bearer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

True: The IP address is used for bearer.

197

Command Description

C1921 RETRIEVE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV6-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves configured IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.

Range 0~2

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.

198

ATTRIBUTE

IPv6 Attribute Type.

PRI_IPV6_ADDR

Primary IPv6 Address.

SEC_IPV6_ADDR

Secondary IPv6 Address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1922 CHANGE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IPV6-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV6_ADDR], [SEC_IPV6_ADDR];

Command Description Changes configuration of IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.

0~2

NONE

0

PRI_IPV6_ADD R

Primary IPv6 Address.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

SEC_IPV6_AD DR

Secondary IPv6 Address.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.

ATTRIBUTE

IPv6 Attribute Type.

PRI_IPV6_ADDR

Primary IPv6 Address.

SEC_IPV6_ADDR

Secondary IPv6 Address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

199

Command Description

C1946 CHANGE PAT MAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-PAT-MAP: MAP_INDEX, [IP_VER], [MON_SERVER_IPV4], [MON_SERVER_IPV6], [EXT_DEV_IPV4], [EXT_DEV_IPV6], [MON_SERVER_PORT], [EXT_DEV_PORT];

Command Description Changes information on the static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. The mapping information between the IP/UDP port of the server, which monitors auxiliary devices, and the IP/ UDP port of an auxiliary device can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MAP_INDEX

Static PAT Map index.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

IP_VER

The version of the IP address.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

MON_SERVER _IPV4

The IPv4 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

MON_SERVER _IPV6

The IPv6 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

EXT_DEV_IPV 4

The IPv4 address of the ancillary device.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

EXT_DEV_IPV 6

The IPv6 address of the ancillary device.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

MON_SERVER _PORT

Information on the UDP port of the monitoring server to be communicated with ancillary devices.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

EXT_DEV_PO RT

Information on the UDP port of the ancillary device to be used to communicate with the monitoring server.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description

200

MAP_INDEX

Static PAT Map index.

IP_VER

The version of the IP address.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

MON_SERVER_IPV4

The IPv4 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.

MON_SERVER_IPV6

The IPv6 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.

EXT_DEV_IPV4

The IPv4 address of the ancillary device.

EXT_DEV_IPV6

The IPv6 address of the ancillary device.

MON_SERVER_PORT

Information on the UDP port of the monitoring server to be communicated with ancillary devices.

EXT_DEV_PORT

Information on the UDP port of the ancillary device to be used to communicate with the monitoring server.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

201

Command Description

C1970 RETRIEVE ACL RULE Command Format RTRV-ACL-RULE: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieve created rules in the ACL(Access Control List) TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.

Unit

0 ~ 511

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.

IP_VERSION

Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with same IP version. -

IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.

-IPV6

SEQ_NO

: Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6

Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the same ACL can't be duplicated.

ACL_NAME

Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.

ACTION

PROTOCOL

Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule. -

DENY: Discard the packet.

-

PERMIT: Transmit the packet.

Set the protocol number condition of this rule. -

202

any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any pro-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

tocol number of the packet satisfy this condition). -

0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are

the same, this condition is satisfied.

SRC_HOST_TYPE

-

tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.

Set whether to check source IP address of the packet. -

ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet.

-

IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and

source IP condition of this rule are the same. SRC_IPV4_ADDR

Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.

SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie rule.

SRC_IPV6_ADDR

Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.

SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie rule.

SRC_PORT

Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. -

any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.

- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter

are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN

and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DST_HOST_TYPE

Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet. -

ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet.

-

IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet

and destination IP condition of this rule are the same.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

203

Command Description

DST_IPV4_ADDR

Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.

DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of thie rule.

DST_IPV6_ADDR

Set the IPv6 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.

DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP address condition of thie rule.

DST_PORT

Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. -

any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.

-

0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this

parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. -

MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between

MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DSCP_TYPE

Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet. -

NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet.

-

DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and

DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same. DSCP_NUMBER

Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.

204

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1971 CREATE ACL RULE Command Format CRTE-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX, [IP_VERSION], [SEQ_NO], [ACL_NAME], [ACTION], [PROTOCOL], [SRC_HOST_TYPE], [SRC_IPV4_ADDR], [SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [SRC_IPV6_ADDR], [SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [SRC_PORT], [DST_HOST_TYPE], [DST_IPV4_ADDR], [DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [DST_IPV6_ADDR], [DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [DST_PORT], [DSCP_TYPE], [DSCP_NUMBER];

Command Description Create a new rule and insert in the ACL(Acess Control List). ACL rule has 6 tuple(Protocol Number/Source IP/Destination IP/Source Port/Destination Port/DSCP) condition and set the action(permit/deny) of an incoming or outgoing packet that satisfy all conditions. When a new rule is inserted in the ACL, it can be selected by ACL_NAME parameter. Multiple rules can be inserted in the ACL and priority of a rule in the ACL can be set by SEQ_NO parameter. A new rule can't be inserted in the ACL that is attached on the interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 511

NONE

0

IP_VERSION

Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with same IP version. - IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4. -IPV6 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

SEQ_NO

Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the same ACL can't be duplicated.

1 ~ 127

NONE

1

ACL_NAME

Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.

32

NONE

-

ACTION

Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule. - DENY: Discard the packet. - PERMIT: Transmit the packet.

DENY/PERMIT/

NONE

DENY

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

205

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PROTOCOL

Set the protocol number condition of this rule. - any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any protocol number of the packet satisfy this condition). - 0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. - tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied. - udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied. - ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied. - icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied. - icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.

16

NONE

any

SRC_HOST_T YPE

Set whether to check source IP address of the packet. - ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet. - IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and source IP condition of this rule are the same.

ANY/IP_ADDRESS/

NONE

ANY

SRC_IPV4_AD DR

Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

SRC_IPV4_PF X_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie rule.

0 ~ 32

NONE

0

SRC_IPV6_AD DR

Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

SRC_IPV6_PF X_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie rule.

0 ~ 128

NONE

0

SRC_PORT

Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. - any: Skip checking source port number of the packet. - 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.

16

NONE

any

206

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DST_HOST_TY PE

Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet. - ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet. - IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet and destination IP condition of this rule are the same.

ANY/IP_ADDRESS/

NONE

ANY

DST_IPV4_AD DR

Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

DST_IPV4_PF X_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of thie rule.

0 ~ 32

NONE

0

DST_IPV6_AD DR

Set the IPv6 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

DST_IPV6_PF X_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP address condition of thie rule.

0 ~ 128

NONE

0

DST_PORT

Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. - any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet. - 0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.

16

NONE

any

DSCP_TYPE

Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet. - NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet. - DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same.

NONE/DSCP/

NONE

NONE

DSCP_NUMBE R

Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.

IP_VERSION

Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with same IP version. -

IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.

-IPV6

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

: Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6

207

Command Description

SEQ_NO

Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the same ACL can't be duplicated.

ACL_NAME

Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.

ACTION

PROTOCOL

Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule. -

DENY: Discard the packet.

-

PERMIT: Transmit the packet.

Set the protocol number condition of this rule. -

any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any pro-

tocol number of the packet satisfy this condition). -

0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are

the same, this condition is satisfied.

SRC_HOST_TYPE

-

tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.

-

icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.

Set whether to check source IP address of the packet. -

ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet.

-

IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and

source IP condition of this rule are the same. SRC_IPV4_ADDR

Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.

SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie rule.

SRC_IPV6_ADDR

Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.

SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie rule.

SRC_PORT

Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is

208

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

not available. -

any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.

- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter

are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN

and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DST_HOST_TYPE

Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet. -

ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet.

-

IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet

and destination IP condition of this rule are the same. DST_IPV4_ADDR

Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.

DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of thie rule.

DST_IPV6_ADDR

Set the IPv6 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.

DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN

Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP address condition of thie rule.

DST_PORT

Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. -

any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.

-

0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this

parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. -

MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between

MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DSCP_TYPE

Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet. -

NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet.

-

DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and

DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same. DSCP_NUMBER

Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

209

Command Description

C1972 DELETE ACL RULE Command Format DLT-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Delete created rule from ACL(Access Control List). Rule of the ACL that is attached on the interface, can't be deleted. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 511

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

210

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1973 RETRIEVE ACL CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ACL-CONF: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieve attached ACL(Access Control List) on the interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 39

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.

IF_NAME

Set the interface name that will be attached ACL

ACL_NAME

Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.

DIRECTION

Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL. -IN:

Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.

-OUT:

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface

211

Command Description

C1974 CREATE ACL CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [ACL_NAME], [DIRECTION];

Command Description Attach ACL(Access Control List) on a direction(in/out) of the interface. ACL is selected by ACL_NAME parameter of CRTE-ACL-RULE command. An incoming or outgoing packet is compared with rules of the ACL and handled by the action(permit/deny) of the matched rule. If the packet is not matched with every rules of the ACL, it is discarded. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 39

NONE

0

IF_NAME

Set the interface name that will be attached ACL

24

NONE

-

ACL_NAME

Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.

32

NONE

-

DIRECTION

Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL. -IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface. -OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface

IN/OUT/

NONE

IN

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.

IF_NAME

Set the interface name that will be attached ACL

ACL_NAME

Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.

DIRECTION

Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL. -IN:

Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.

-OUT:

212

Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1975 DELETE ACL CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Delete attached ACL(Access Control List) from the interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 39

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

213

Command Description

C1976 RETRIEVE QoS CLASS Command Format RTRV-QOS-CLASS: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieve configuration of DSCP mapping to the Class. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 511

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.

CLASS_NAME

Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class or including in the Policy.

DSCP_NUMBER

Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP mapping.

214

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1977 CREATE QoS CLASS Command Format CRTE-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX, [CLASS_NAME], [DSCP_NUMBER];

Command Description Add a new DSCP mapping to the Class. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul interface are classified to Class by IP header DSCP value. This Class is included in a Policy with QoS policy configuration. Class is selected by Class Name and a Class can have multiple DSCP mapping. A new DSCP mapping can't be added to the Class that is included in Policy. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 511

NONE

0

CLASS_NAME

Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class or including in the Policy.

32

NONE

-

DSCP_NUMBE R

Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP mapping.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.

CLASS_NAME

Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class or including in the Policy.

DSCP_NUMBER

Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP mapping.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

215

Command Description

C1978 DELETE QoS CLASS Command Format DLT-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Delete DSCP mapping from the Class. DSCP mapping can't be deleted from the Class that is included in Policy. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 511

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

216

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1979 RETRIEVE QoS POLICY Command Format RTRV-QOS-POLICY: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieve Policy including Class with QoS policy configuration. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description

Range

Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 319

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.

POLICY_NAME

Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is used for attaching the Policy on the interface.

CLASS_NAME

Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.

SCHEDULER_TYPE

Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue). -

NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration.

-

SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out

according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter. - DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent

out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by BW_PERCENTAGE at least. QUEUE_PRIORITY

Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

217

Command Description

BW_PERCENTAGE

Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this parameter is not available.

QUEUE_RATE

Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

218

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1980 RETRIEVE SYSTEM IP SELECTION Command Format RTRV-SYSIP-SEL;

Command Description Retrieves selected system IP addresses for each attribute. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description OAM_IPVER

The IP version for OAM.

SIG_IPVER

The IP version for Signal.

OAM_IPV4_ADDR

The IPv4 address for OAM.

S1_PRI_IPV4_ADDR

The primary IPv4 address for S1 signal.

S1_SEC_IPV4_ADDR

The secondary IPv4 address for S1 signal.

X2_PRI_IPV4_ADDR

The primary IPv4 address for X2 signal.

X2_SEC_IPV4_ADDR

The secondary IPv4 address for X2 signal.

OAM_IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address for OAM.

S1_PRI_IPV6_ADDR

The primary IPv6 address for S1 signal.

S1_SEC_IPV6_ADDR

The secondary IPv6 address for S1 signal.

X2_PRI_IPV6_ADDR

The primary IPv6 address for X2 signal.

X2_SEC_IPV6_ADDR

The secondary IPv6 address for X2 signal.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

219

Command Description

C1981 CHANGE SYSTEM IP SELECTION Command Format CHG-SYSIP-SEL: [SIG_IPVER];

Command Description Change system IP version. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter SIG_IPVER

Description

Range

The IP version for Signal.

Unit

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

Default IPV4

Output Parameter Description

220

OAM_IPVER

The IP version for OAM.

SIG_IPVER

The IP version for Signal.

OAM_IPV4_ADDR

The IPv4 address for OAM.

S1_PRI_IPV4_ADDR

The primary IPv4 address for S1 signal.

S1_SEC_IPV4_ADDR

The secondary IPv4 address for S1 signal.

X2_PRI_IPV4_ADDR

The primary IPv4 address for X2 signal.

X2_SEC_IPV4_ADDR

The secondary IPv4 address for X2 signal.

OAM_IPV6_ADDR

The IPv6 address for OAM.

S1_PRI_IPV6_ADDR

The primary IPv6 address for S1 signal.

S1_SEC_IPV6_ADDR

The secondary IPv6 address for S1 signal.

X2_PRI_IPV6_ADDR

The primary IPv6 address for X2 signal.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

X2_SEC_IPV6_ADDR

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The secondary IPv6 address for X2 signal.

221

Command Description

C1982 RETRIEVE BH QOS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-BHQOS-CONF: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieve the Policy attached on the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 39

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.

222

IF_NAME

Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.

POLICY_NAME

Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1983 CREATE BH QOS CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [POLICY_NAME];

Command Description Attach the Policy on the backhaul interface. The Policy is selected by POLICY_NAME parameter of CRTE-QOS-POLICY command. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul interface are classified to Class of the Policy by IP header DSCP value and handled by QoS Policy of each Class. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 39

NONE

0

IF_NAME

Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.

24

NONE

-

POLICY_NAME

Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.

32

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.

IF_NAME

Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.

POLICY_NAME

Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

223

Command Description

C1984 DELETE BH QOS CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Delete the Policy from the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 39

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

224

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1985 RETRIEVE BH RATE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-BHRATE-CONF: [DB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieve the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.

Range 0~3

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.

IF_NAME

Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation rate.

PORT_RATE

Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

225

Command Description

C1986 CREATE BH RATE CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [PORT_RATE];

Command Description Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the backhaul interface. If this backhaul interface traffic rate is over PORT_RATE, it is shaped. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.

0~3

NONE

0

IF_NAME

Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation rate.

24

NONE

-

PORT_RATE

Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

1024 ~ 999936

kbps

999936

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.

IF_NAME

Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation rate.

PORT_RATE

Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

226

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1987 DELETE BH RATE CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Delete the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.

Range 0~3

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

227

Command Description

C1990 CREATE QoS POLICY Command Format CRTE-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX, [POLICY_NAME], [CLASS_NAME], [SCHEDULER_TYPE], [QUEUE_PRIORITY], [BW_PERCENTAGE], [QUEUE_RATE];

Command Description Add a new Class to the Policy and set the QoS policy of the Class. Class is selected by CLASS_NAME parameter of CRTE-QOS-CLASS command. Policy can include up to 7 Classes and a new Class can't be added to the Policy that is attached on the interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DB_INDEX

Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.

0 ~ 319

NONE

0

POLICY_NAME

Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is used for attaching the Policy on the interface.

32

NONE

-

CLASS_NAME

Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.

32

NONE

-

SCHEDULER_ TYPE

Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue). - NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration. - SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter. - DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by BW_PERCENTAGE at least.

NONE/SPQ/DRR/

NONE

NONE

QUEUE_PRIO RITY

Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.

0~6

NONE

0

BW_PERCENT AGE

Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this parameter is not available.

1 ~ 99

%

1

228

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter QUEUE_RATE

Description

Range

Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

1024 ~ 999936

Unit kbps

Default 999936

Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX

Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.

POLICY_NAME

Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is used for attaching the Policy on the interface.

CLASS_NAME

Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.

SCHEDULER_TYPE

Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue). -

NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration.

-

SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out

according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter. - DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent

out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by BW_PERCENTAGE at least. QUEUE_PRIORITY

Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.

BW_PERCENTAGE

Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this parameter is not available.

QUEUE_RATE

Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

229

Command Description

C1991 DELETE QoS POLICY Command Format DLT-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX;

Command Description Delete a Class from the Policy. A Class can't be deleted from the Policy that is attached on the interface. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX

Description Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.

Range 0 ~ 319

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description No output parameter.

230

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1992 RETRIEVE SYSDSCP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SYSDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];

Command Description Retrieve the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. If CLASS_ID parameter is inserted, DSCP value of the system traffic corresponding to the parameter is displayed. If CLASS_ID parameter is blank, DSCP values of all system traffic type are displayed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CLASS_ID

Description

Range

The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. - 0: SNMP. -1: SSH. -2: sftp/ftp. -3: OAM traffic, CSL, Trace. -4: ICMP (Ping). - 5: Network control traffic. -6: IEEE 1588 traffic

0~6

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID

The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. -

-1:

SSH.

-2:

sftp/ftp.

-3:

OAM traffic, CSL, Trace.

-4:

ICMP (Ping).

-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

0: SNMP.

5: Network control traffic.

231

Command Description

-6:

DSCP

IEEE 1588 traffic

The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control and management traffic type.

232

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1993 CHANGE SYSDSCP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SYSDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];

Command Description Change the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. The system traffic type can be selected by CLASS_ID parameter and the value of DSCP parameter is mapped to the system traffic type. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CLASS_ID

The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. - 0: SNMP. -1: SSH. -2: sftp/ftp. -3: OAM traffic, CSL, Trace. -4: ICMP (Ping). - 5: Network control traffic. -6: IEEE 1588 traffic

0~6

NONE

0

DSCP

The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control and management traffic type.

0 ~ 63

NONE

26

Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID

The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. -

-1:

SSH.

-2:

sftp/ftp.

-3:

OAM traffic, CSL, Trace.

-4:

ICMP (Ping).

-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

0: SNMP.

5: Network control traffic.

233

Command Description

-6:

DSCP

IEEE 1588 traffic

The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control and management traffic type.

234

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1996 RETRIEVE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-PAT-INF: [CONF_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves information on static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. Mapping information between the backhaul port of eNBs and the IP/UDP port of the UDE port can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CONF_INDEX

Description The index for identifying the configuration information.

Range 0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CONF_INDEX

The index for identifying the configuration information.

MATCHINGMODE

The Port Address Translation (PAT) search mode. It determines either to compare either the Source IP/Port or the Destination IP/Port of the received packet. (0: Source IP/Port, 1: Destination IP/Port)

IP_VER

The version of the IP address.

PUBLIC_IPV4

The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PUBLIC_IPV6

The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PRIVATE_IPV4

The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

235

Command Description

PRIVATE_IPV6

The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PUBLIC_PORT

The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from the monitoring server.

PRIVATE_PORT

The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from an ancillary device.

236

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1997 CHANGE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION Command Format CHG-PAT-INF: CONF_INDEX, [MATCHINGMODE], [IP_VER], [PUBLIC_IPV4], [PUBLIC_IPV6], [PRIVATE_IPV4], [PRIVATE_IPV6], [PUBLIC_PORT], [PRIVATE_PORT];

Command Description Changes the static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. The IP/UDP port mapping between eNB's backhaul port and UDE port can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CONF_INDEX

The index for identifying the configuration information.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

MATCHINGMODE

The Port Address Translation (PAT) search mode. It determines either to compare either the Source IP/Port or the Destination IP/Port of the received packet. (0: Source IP/Port, 1: Destination IP/Port)

0~1

NONE

0

IP_VER

The version of the IP address.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

PUBLIC_IPV4

The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

PUBLIC_IPV6

The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

PRIVATE_IPV4

The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

PRIVATE_IPV6

The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

PUBLIC_PORT

The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from the monitoring server.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

PRIVATE_POR T

The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from an ancillary device.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CONF_INDEX

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The index for identifying the configuration information.

237

Command Description

MATCHINGMODE

The Port Address Translation (PAT) search mode. It determines either to compare either the Source IP/Port or the Destination IP/Port of the received packet. (0: Source IP/Port, 1: Destination IP/Port)

IP_VER

The version of the IP address.

PUBLIC_IPV4

The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PUBLIC_IPV6

The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PRIVATE_IPV4

The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PRIVATE_IPV6

The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.

PUBLIC_PORT

The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from the monitoring server.

PRIVATE_PORT

The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from an ancillary device.

238

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C1998 RETRIEVE PAT MAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-PAT-MAP: [MAP_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves information on the static Port Address Translation (PAT) mapping. Mapping information between the IP/UDP port of the server, which monitors auxiliary devices, and the IP/UDP port of an auxiliary device can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter MAP_INDEX

Description Static PAT Map index.

Range 0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description MAP_INDEX

Static PAT Map index.

IP_VER

The version of the IP address.

MON_SERVER_IPV4

The IPv4 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.

MON_SERVER_IPV6

The IPv6 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.

EXT_DEV_IPV4

The IPv4 address of the ancillary device.

EXT_DEV_IPV6

The IPv6 address of the ancillary device.

MON_SERVER_PORT

Information on the UDP port of the monitoring server to be communicated with ancillary devices.

EXT_DEV_PORT

Information on the UDP port of the ancillary device to be used to communicate with the monitoring server.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

239

Command Description

C2000 CHANGE RIM CONTROL Command Format CHG-RIM-CONTROL: [STATUS], [RNC_ID];

Command Description Changes the RIM Status required to operate a RIM. This command can change the RIM Status information by entering the RIM_STATUS_DB Index. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

STATUS

Information of Change RIM Connection.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

RNC_ID

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 4095

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description

240

STATUS

Information of Change RIM Connection.

RNC_ID

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2002 RETRIEVE TIMER INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TIMER-INF;

Command Description Retrieves the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can retrieve the timer value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB blocks when a call is set up. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message from the eNB to the UE.

RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigurationComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISHThe time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionReestablishment message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMANDThe time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRYThe time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB

241

Command Description

block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE. RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATIONThe time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPreparationTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUESTThe time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse message after sending the InformationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. S1_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.

S1_UPDATE

The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to the MME.

S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT

The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.

S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission.

S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.

S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATIONThe time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the eNB to the MME. S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE

The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCommand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest from the eNB to the MME.

S1_PATH_SWITCH

The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAcknowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from

242

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

the eNB to the MME. S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand message after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the MME. S1_RELOC_OVERALL

The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.

S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL

The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB to the MME.

X2_SETUP

The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest from the eNB to another eNB.

X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.

X2_UPDATE

The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another eNB set as a neighbor.

X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT

The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.

X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).

X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverRequest message from the source eNB to the target eNB. X2_RELOC_OVERALL

The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message from the target eNB and handover is complete.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

243

Command Description

X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT

The time during which to determine whether the Handover Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.

INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFERThe time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionReconfiguration to the UE at intra-cell handover. INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUPThe time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at handover. INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish. INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH

The time between buffer flush message transmission and reception of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.

INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_STARTThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity after the X2, S1 handover. INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_INDThe time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is complete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and HandoverNotify to S1.

244

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAITThe time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRequest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB. INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITYThe signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no signaling message for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY

The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure, X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure, X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer information.

INTERNAL_RRC_RESET

The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.

INTERNAL_ENB_RESET

The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the eNB at eNB reset.

INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORTThe time to wait for reception of the Measurement Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Measurement Report procedure. INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ

The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.

RIM_RIR

The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.

RIM_RIAE

The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATIONERROR) to the MME.

INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGEThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

245

Command Description

INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

246

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2004 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-CELL-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) cell information in the eNB. The parameters defined in this PLD include the essential information for operating E-UTRAN cells. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CELL_IDENTITY

This parameter defines cell Identity.

PHY_CELL_ID

Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific reference signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between neighboring cells.

CELL_TYPE

Type of cell operation. -

macroCell: Operates multiple common cells.

-

openCell: Operates a single common cell.

-

hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as

well as common ones. -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.

247

Command Description

DUPLEX_TYPE

DL_ANT_COUNT

UL_ANT_COUNT

EARFCN_DL

Communication method for cell operation. -

ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

-

ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

Tx antenna count used by the active cell. -

ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used.

-

ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used.

-

ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.

The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. -

ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n6RxAntCnt: 6 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n8RxAntCnt: 8 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n10RxAntCnt: 10 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n12RxAntCnt: 12 Rx antennas are used.

Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.

EARFCN_UL

Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.

DL_BANDWIDTH

Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-

cal RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75

physical RBs.

248

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100

physical RBs. UL_BANDWIDTH

Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-

cal RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100

physical RBs. FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORFrequency band indicator including the frequency of the active cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. GROUP_ID

This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell

FORCED_MODE

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

249

Command Description

C2008 RETRIEVE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-BLACK-LIST: [CELL_NUM], [BLACK_LIST_IDX];

Command Description Retrieves the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB is transmitted to the UE when performing basic call actions. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

BLACK_LIST_I DX

Index for the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

BLACK_LIST_IDX

Index for the blacklist cell.

STATUS

Whether tuple information is valid ID.

PCI_TYPE

-

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. -

ci_singlePci: Single PCI.

-

ci_rangedPci: PCI range.

START_PCI

The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.

PCI_RANGE

Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.

250

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

EARFCN_UL

Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

EARFCN_DL

Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

251

Command Description

C2009 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-ACS: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the cell access information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CELL_BARRED

Whether the cell is barred. -

ci_barred: The cell is barred.

-

ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status

turns to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred. INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell selected by the UE is barred. -

ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra-frequency cell is

reselected. -

ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is

considered barred. BARRING_CTR_USAGE

Whether barring control type is applied when setting the acBarringInfo for SIB2.

252

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.

-manualCtrl

: using manual barring control.

-cpuStatusCtrl

: using auto barring control according to CPU

Overlad.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

253

Command Description

C2010 RETRIEVE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-RSEL: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the cell reselection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 3. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Range

Unit

0~8

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Q_HYST

Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.

Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM

The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHGMOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

Q_HYST_SFHIGH

The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-

254

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

255

Command Description

C2011 RETRIEVE CELL SELECT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-SEL: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the cell selection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Q_RXLEV_MIN

The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition.

Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. -

CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlev-

min. -

Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET

CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.

The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB (IE value*2[dB]).

P_MAX_USAGE

Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmission in cells. -

256

CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

capability. -

P_MAX

CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.

The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and calculating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304) parameter.

REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE

Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the eNB.

Q_QUAL_MIN

-

CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used.

-

CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.

The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the cell selection condition. - CI_no_use:

The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-

Min. -

Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET

CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.

The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

257

Command Description

C2012 RETRIEVE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CSGPCI-IDLE: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

0~7

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE

Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell.

PCI_TYPE

-

CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used.

-

CI_use: The PCI range is used.

The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG PCI as a range or single. -

ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.

-

ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.

CSG_PCISTART

The PCI start value of the CSG cell.

CSG_PCIRANGE

The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start value.

258

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

FORCED_MODE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

259

Command Description

C2013 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SIB-INF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the SIB period of the cell. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (System Information) message and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12 is included in schedulingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs of the same period are mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be transmitted in the same period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of schedulingInfoList. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

SIB2_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 2 of the cell in the eNB.

260

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SIB3_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 3 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB4_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 4 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB5_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 5 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB6_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 6 of the cell in the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

261

Command Description

SIB7_PERIOD

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 7 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB8_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 8 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB9_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 9 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB10_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 10 of the cell in the eNB.

262

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SIB11_PERIOD

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 11 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB12_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 12 of the cell in the eNB.

SI_WINDOW

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.

The system information window size of the cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent repeatedly. The range is as follows:. -ci_si_WindowLength_ms1:

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

1 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.

263

Command Description

WARNING_MSG_TYPE

264

This is the value of Warning Message Type

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2014 RETRIEVE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MOBIL-STA: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the mobility state information. If the CELL_NUM parameter is entered, the information only for the corresponding mobility state is retrieved. If not, the information for all mobility states are retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGEWhether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the cell in the eNB. -

CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used.

-

CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.

T_EVALULATION

The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.

T_HYST_NORMAL

The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.

N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM

The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell in the eNB.

N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH

The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

265

Command Description

C2015 RETRIEVE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TIME-INF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and constants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which are included in the RRC message. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

T300

Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and reestablishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

266

-

ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

T301

-

ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.

Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

T302

-

ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.

The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the operator.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.

-

ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.

267

Command Description

T304

The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Reconfiguration message during the handover. The timer terminates when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

CCO_T304

-

ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.

The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA Command message during the handover. The timer terminates when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

T310

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.

The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indication is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.

T311

-

ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.

The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment procedure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter-RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suitable cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. The default is 10000ms, and can be changed by the operator.

268

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

T320

ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms3000:

3000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms5000:

5000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms10000:

10000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms15000:

15000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms20000.

20000ms.

-ci_t_311_ms30000:

30000 ms.

The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the operator.

N310

-

ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min10: 10 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min20: 20 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min30: 30 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min60: 60 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min120: 120 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min180: 180 minutes.

The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the operator.

N311

-

ci_n_310_n1: 1.

-

ci_n_310_n2: 2.

-

ci_n_310_n3: 3.

-

ci_n_310_n4: 4.

-

ci_n_310_n6: 6.

-

ci_n_310_n8: 8.

-

ci_n_310_n10: 10.

-

ci_n_310_n20: 20.

The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_n_311_n1: 1.

-

ci_n_311_n2: 2.

-

ci_n_311_n3: 3.

-

ci_n_311_n4: 4.

-

ci_n_311_n5: 5.

269

Command Description

270

-

ci_n_311_n6: 6.

-

ci_n_311_n8: 8.

-

ci_n_311_n10: 10.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2025 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CAS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the CSG cell ID. The parameters retrieved are broadcasted to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CSG_IDENTITY

The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.

FORCED_MODE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

271

Command Description

C2027 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SIB-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the max size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. The size for SIB information transmission is determined by considering downlink bandwidth, DCI formation type, SIB reception time at cell edge, and payload size. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Range

Unit

0~8

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE

The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth, maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggregation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for 1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.

FORCED_MODE

272

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2028 RETRIEVE CELL CAC FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-CELL-CAC: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Retrieves threshold, CAC option, and preemption status for performing CAC at the cell level. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. -

CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not

performed. -

CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is per-

formed. MAX_CALL_COUNT

The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the cell.

CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of con-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

273

Command Description

nected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (ERAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is

not executed. -

CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is

executed. MAX_DRB_COUNT

The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer) count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.

DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. QOS_CAC_OPTION

The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. -

QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell

level is not used. -

QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is

used.

274

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

QOS_POLICY_OPTION

The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -

QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the

PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed. -

QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the

PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. NonGBRs are always allowed. PRB_REPORT_PERIOD

PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at the cell level.

ESTIMATION_OPT

The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto, 1:manual). -

EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically

calculated. -

EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually

calculated. PREEMPTION_FLAG

BH_BW_CAC_USAGE

Whether to use preemption at the cell level. -

CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled.

-

CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.

Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level. -

CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per

cell is not used. -

CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is

used. BH_BW_CAC_OPTION

The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -

bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC.

-

bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC.

-

bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service

group-based CAC.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

275

Command Description

C2029 RETRIEVE ENB CAC FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-ENB-CAC;

Command Description Retrieves the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also retrieves the threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -

CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base sta-

tion is not performed. -

CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is

performed. MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT

The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.

CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

276

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE

Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call. -

CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not

performed. -

CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is per-

formed. If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and the new call is accommodated.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

277

Command Description

C2030 RETRIEVE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-QCAC-PARA: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the threshold by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the active cell. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO

The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It

278

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO

The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

279

Command Description

C2031 RETRIEVE SON ANR PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-ANR;

Command Description Retrieves the parameter information for the SON ANR function. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description MAX_NRTSIZE

The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to MAX_NRTSIZE.

LSM_USAGE_FLAG

Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the LSM during operation. -

FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the

LSM but are executed through UE. -

TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or

UE. DEFAULT_WEIGHT

The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neighboring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the handover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).

DEFAULT_PERIOD

A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to

280

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not added to the blacklist. HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT

The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.

HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT

The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with success rates weighted.

LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE

The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in the handover blacklist.

LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and whose attempt rate is lower than LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover blacklist. UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE

The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the frequency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from the blacklist.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

281

Command Description

C2033 RETRIEVE SRB RLC INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SRB-RLC: [SRB_ID];

Command Description Retrieves the parameters required to operate the RLC protocol. The number of AMD PDU retransmissions per SRB ID. PollByte and PollPDU for poll triggering, the poll retransmission timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit timer can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter SRB_ID

Description

Range 1~2

The ID of SRB to retrieve. - 1: Information on SRB1. - 2: Information on SRB2.

Unit NONE

Defaul t 1

Output Parameter Description SRB_ID

The ID of SRB to retrieve. -

1: Information on SRB1.

-

2: Information on SRB2.

TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT

The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.

POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

POLL_BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLDThe threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. TIMER_REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

282

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT

The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

283

Command Description

C2034 RETRIEVE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-QCIDSCP-MAP: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping by QCI. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.

Range 0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.

DSCP

284

DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2035 RETRIEVE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DSCPCOS-MAP: [DSCP];

Command Description Retrieves the COS mapping information by Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter DSCP

Description DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.

Range 0 ~ 63

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description DSCP

DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.

COS

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.

285

Command Description

C2038 RETRIEVE QCI VALUE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-QCI-VAL: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used by the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The configuration parameters of each QCI consist of Status, Resource Type, Priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB), Packet Error Loss Rate (PELR), and Backhaul Service Group. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description

Range

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

Unit

0 ~ 255

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

STATUS

RESOURCE_TYPE

Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used. -

EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB.

-

N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.

The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR

(Guaranteed Bit Rate). - ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaran-

teed Bit Rate). PRIORITY

286

The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority. PDB

PELR

Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). -

ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.

-

ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec.

-

ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec.

-

ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec.

-

ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec.

-

ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec.

-

ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec.

-

ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec.

-

ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec.

-

ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.

Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

BH_SERVICE_GROUP

-

ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2.

-

ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3.

-

ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4.

-

ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5.

-

ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6.

-

ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7.

-

ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8.

-

ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.

The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC). -

voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol

(VoIP) service. -

SCHEDULING_TYPE

videoService: The QCI uses the video service.

The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.

-

SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.

287

Command Description

C2039 RETRIEVE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-LOCH-INF: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate logical channels. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description

Range

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.

0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for each logical channel. -

ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps.

-

ci_kBps8: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 8 kBps.

-

ci_kBps16: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 16 kBps.

-

ci_kBps32: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 32 kBps.

-

ci_kBps64: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 64 kBps.

-

ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 128 kBps.

-

ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 256 kBps.

- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI

is infinity.

288

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical channel. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 50 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 100 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 150 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 300 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms500: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 500 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms1000: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 1000 ms. LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is from 1 to 16. NON_GBRPFWEIGHT

The non-GBR bearer's proportional fairness weight per QCI. The threshold that is not applied to a GBR bearer. The range is from 0 to 15.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

289

Command Description

C2040 RETRIEVE RLC INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-RLC-INF: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI, number of the AMD PDU retransmission in the eNB and UE, the PollByte and PollPDU settings for poll triggering, the poll retransmission timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit timer settings can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.

Range

Unit

0 ~ 255

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

RLC_MODE

The mode information (AM/UM) on RLC.

ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMITThe timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. ENB_POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

ENB_POLL_BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU

290

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. ENB_TIMER_REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBITThe timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. UE_POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

UE_POLL_BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD

The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.

UE_TIMER_REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. SN_FIELD_LENGTH

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The field size of UM sequence number.

291

Command Description

C2041 RETRIEVE PDCP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-PDCP-INF: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves information of the PDCP. The PDCP information to be retrieved are the UM SN size by QoS class, discard timer, and forward end timer. If a QoS class is not specified, the entire information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description

Range

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

Unit

0 ~ 255

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

UM_SN_SIZE

DISCARD_TIMER

The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode. -

ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127).

-

ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).

The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a specified period of time, the packet is discarded.

292

-

ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.

(default). FWD_END_TIMER

A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.

STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.

293

Command Description

C2042 RETRIEVE GTP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-GTP-INF;

Command Description Retrieves information of the GTP. This command can retrieve whether to use keep alive, the timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description T3_TMR

The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

T3_TMR_LONG

The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

N3_REQUEST

The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

KEEP_ALIVE

Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent.

294

-

0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent.

-

1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SNN

ECN

Whether the GTP sequence number is used. -

0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used.

-

1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.

Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is used.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used.

-

1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.

295

Command Description

C2043 RETRIEVE PCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PCCH-CONF;

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system information, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE[msec] When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer, defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle. N_B

The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of defaultPagingCycle.

296

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2044 RETRIEVE PDSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PDSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmitting data can be set in PDSCH. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

DL_POWER_OPTION

The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is

the same as that of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid

is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is

two times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a

half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. FORCED_MODE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

297

Command Description

C2045 RETRIEVE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-PHICH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve PHICH duration and resource settings. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

PHICH_DURATION

The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is passed to PCFICH.

298

PHICH_RESOURCE

The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.

FORCED_MODE

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2046 RETRIEVE PRACH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PRACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence index, and the zero correlation zone configuration. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX

Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and interval.

HIGH_SPEED_FLAG

Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE, an unrestricted set is used.

ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble. ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX

The first logical root sequence index used to create a random preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring cells.

PRACH_POSITION

Provides information about PRACH position between two possible positions adjacent to PUCCH. 0: low position, 1: high position

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

299

Command Description

C2047 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PUSCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve whether to receive 64-QAM in the eNB and hopping settings. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number for which the command was executed.

Defaul t

Unit

0~8

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

N_SB

The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.

HOPPING_MODE

Hopping mode.

ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM

-

ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping.

-

ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and inter-subframe hopping.

Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter value.

GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED

GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH

300

-

False: 64QAM is not applied.

-

True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.

Whether to support group hopping. -

False: Group hopping is not supported.

-

True: Group hopping is supported.

The group assignment value in the PUSCH.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLEDWhether to support sequence hopping.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

False: Sequence hopping is not supported.

-

True: Sequence hopping is supported.

301

Command Description

C2048 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-RACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration information on the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The information retrieved includes the backoff indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3 HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated preambles, the power ramping step and the maximum number of transmission, and the number of preamble group A/B. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range

Unit

0~8

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES

The number of non-dedicated preambles.

SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_AThe number of PreamblesGroup A. MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A

Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.

MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_BStandard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B. POWER_RAMPING_STEP

Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.

PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWERThe threshold used to set an initial-target receiving power of preambles. PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX

302

The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMERContention resolution timer. BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP Whether to use the backoff indicator. -

ci_Config_Release: release.

-

ci_Config_Setup: setup.

BACKOFF_INDICATOR

The backoff parameter.

MAX_HARQMSG3_TX

The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

303

Command Description

C2049 RETRIEVE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TIME-ALIGN: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMONThe parameter used to adjust a period of time during which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.

304

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2050 RETRIEVE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-SNDRS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can retrieve whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported, whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

SRS_USAGE

Whether to use SRS. -

CI_no_use: SRS is not used.

-

CI_use: SRS is used.

ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSIONWhether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is supported.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

False: Sounding RS is not transmitted.

-

True: Sounding RS is transmitted.

305

Command Description

C2051 RETRIEVE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-PWR-PARA: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration information on the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The information retrieved includes the alpha value used in PUSCH Power Control, transmission power settings by PUCCH format, settings for the p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL IOT target value. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH

p0NominalPUSCH.

ALPHA

Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)

P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH

p0Nominal PUCCH.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1b.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2.

306

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2a.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2b.

DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3

deltaPreambleMsg3.

UL_TARGET_IOT

The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.

UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP

The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled up 4 times in dB area.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

307

Command Description

C2052 RETRIEVE BCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-BCCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing system information. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFFThe number of times to determine whether the system information saved is valid ID.

308

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2053 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-PUSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

CYCLIC_SHIFT

The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.

FORCED_MODE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

309

Command Description

C2054 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-RACH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The raResponseWindowSize value that is the period of time during which UE waits for RA Response can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response. FORCED_MODE

310

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2055 RETRIEVE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CQI-REP: [TRANSMISSION_MODE];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate the CQI reporting. This command can retrieve whether Wideband CQI or both Wideband CQI and Subband CQI are run by the DL transmission mode. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

TRANSMISSION_ MODE

Transmission mode. - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A is used. - ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A is used. - ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used. - ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A is used. - ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used.

ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/ ci_tm7/ci_tm8/

Unit NONE

Defaul t ci_tm1

Output Parameter Description TRANSMISSION_MODE

Transmission mode. -

ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is

used. -

ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used.

- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A

is used.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

311

Command Description

- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A

is used. -

ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.

-

ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A

is used. -

ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is

used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or

1A is used. WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT

312

Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. -

ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only.

-

ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2056 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-PUSCH: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe as PUSCH. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.

BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.

BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

313

Command Description

C2057 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-SPS: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated semiPersistScheduling. This command can retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENTSPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm. P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT

SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per UE. The value is in dB.

SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG

Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL. -

ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used.

-

ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.

SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DLProvide informations about the maximum

314

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_ULProvide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

315

Command Description

C2058 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-SR: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated SchedulingRequest. This command can retrieve the maximum number of times to send a scheduling request of UE. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

DSR_TRANS_MAX

The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.

316

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2059 RETRIEVE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ULPWR-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The information retrieved includes p0 value per UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, information on whether the accumulation mode is used by TPC, power offsets of PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient value used by UE to calculate path. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

P0_UE_PUSCH

The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power control, which is determined per UE.

DELTA_MCSENABLED

ACCUMULATION_ENABLED

Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs. -

ci_en0: 0.

-

ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.

Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the TPC.

P0_UE_PUCCH

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

0: Accumulation mode is not used.

-

1: Accumulation mode is used.

P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined

317

Command Description

per UE. P_SRSOFFSET

The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.

FILTER_COEFFICIENT

Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate a path loss.

318

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2060 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-ULSRS: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping bandwidth and the transmission duration of SRS can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH

The area where Sounding RS is hopped.

DURATION

The transmission duration of Sounding RS.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once.

-

1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.

319

Command Description

C2061 RETRIEVE DPHY RLF INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-RLF: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves the dedicated PHY RLF. Parameters used to determine RLF can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description

Range

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

Unit

0 ~ 255

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

DEDICATED_RLFSETUP

320

Whether the dedicated RLF is used. -

ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used.

-

ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.

T301

Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.

T310

Timer t310 of a cell in the eNB.

N310

N310 value of a cell in the eNB.

T311

Timer t311 of a cell in the eNB.

N311

N311 value of a cell in the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2062 RETRIEVE DRX INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DRX-INF: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate DRX. Information on whether DRX , longDRX cycle is used, whether shortDRX is used, and shortDRX cycle can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description

Range

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

DRX_CONFIG_SETUP

Whether to use the DRX. -

ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used.

-

ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is used in normal sta-

tus and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. -

ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and

reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

321

Command Description

DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMALThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP

SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL

Short DRX mode. -

ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used.

-

ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.

The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms

DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status. DRX_SELECTION_ORDER

Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.

ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5,

322

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms. DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH subframes: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGIThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a subframe. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL subframe can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGIThe short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in reportCGI status.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

323

Command Description

C2063 RETRIEVE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The information retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range

Unit

0~8

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

DL_MIMO_MODE

DL MIMO parameters. 0(SM/MU-MIMO disable), 1(SM enable), 2(MU_MIMO enable), 3(Test Mode: CL-SM default mode), 4(Test Mode: CL-Rank1-Precoding default mode), 5(Test Mode: OL-TxD default mode), 6(Test Mode: OL-SM default mode), 7(Test Mode: Dual-layer transmission default mode), 8(Beamforming enable), 9(Dual-layer beamforming enable), 10(reserved)

324

ALPHA

Fairness weight in PF scheduler.

BETA

Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.

GAMMA

Priority weight in PF scheduler.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2064 RETRIEVE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the configuration of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The information retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

ALPHA

Fairness weight in PF scheduler.

BETA

Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.

GAMMA

Priority weight in PF scheduler.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

325

Command Description

C2065 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TRCH-BSR: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. BST-related timer value can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

Range 0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

PERIODIC_BSRTIMER

The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

RETX_BSRTIMER

The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

326

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2066 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TRCH-INF: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. The maximum number of times to re-transmit UL HARQ, whether ttiBundling is used and its band, PHR transmission interval, and dlPathlossChange value can be retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

MAX_HARQTX

The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retransmission in accordance with this parameter value.

TTI_BUNDLING

TTI_BUNDLING_BAND

Whether to use TTI bundling. -

False: ttiBundling is not used.

-

True: ttiBundling is used.

The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.

PERIODIC_PHRTIMER

periodicPHRTimer per cell.

DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE

The dLPathloss Change value per cell.

MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING

The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bun-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

327

Command Description

dling mode.

328

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2067 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves parameters required to operate priority information on EUTRA FA. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, the EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

0~7

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

STATUS

Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. -

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

EARFCN_UL

Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

EARFCN_DL

Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

PRIORITY

Priority of EUTRA FA.

Q_RX_LEV_MIN

The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

329

Command Description

P_MAX_USAGE

Whether to use pMax. -

CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.

-

CI_use: pMax value is used.

P_MAX

The maximum TX power level in the UE.

T_RESELECTION

Reselection timer value.

SF_USAGE

Whether to use scaling factors. -

CI_no_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used. -

CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used. T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors. T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH

The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE

Whether to use sIntraSearch.

S_INTRA_SEARCH

-

CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.

The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. -

CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH

The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.

THRESH_SERVING_LOW

The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection evaluation.

THRESH_XHIGH

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.

THRESH_XLOW

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.

MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE

330

Whether to use measurementBandwidth. -

CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used.

-

CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier frequency. PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1

Whether Antenna Port1 exists. -

False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.

-

True: Antenna Port1 exists.

NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG

The neighboring cell settings.

Q_OFFSET_FREQ

Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.

OFFSET_FREQ

Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9. -

CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_P

The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q

The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P

-

CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.

The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q

The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.

Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE

Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9

Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. -

CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used.

-

CI_use: qQualMin is used.

qQualMin value for Rel-9.

THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGEWhether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9. -

CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used.

-

CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.

THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

331

Command Description

THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.

THRESH_XLOW_QREL9

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.

MCC0

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0

MNC0

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0

PREFERENCE0

Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.

MCC1

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1

MNC1

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1

PREFERENCE1

Preference of PLMN #1 for FA.

MCC2

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2

MNC2

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2

PREFERENCE2

Preference of PLMN #2 for FA.

MCC3

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3

MNC3

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3

332

PREFERENCE3

Preference of PLMN #3 for FA.

MCC4

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4 MNC4

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4

PREFERENCE4

Preference of PLMN #4 for FA.

MCC5

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5

MNC5

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5

PREFERENCE5

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Preference of PLMN #5 for FA.

333

Command Description

C2068 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MEAS-FUNC: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves measurements set for each cell in the eNB. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the measurement information registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, all measurement information is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed.

Unit

0~8

NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

S_MEASURE

The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to control measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.

SF_USAGE

Whether to use scaling factors. -

CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.

-

CI_use: Scaling factor is used.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUMSpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed.

334

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH

SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a high speed.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

335

Command Description

C2069 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MSGAP-INF;

Command Description Retrieves the measurement gap set for each cell in the eNB. The measurement gap retrieved is necessary to measure SON ANR, inter-FA, and inter-RAT. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA Measurement gap pattern used for inter-frequency measurement. The default is gapPattern0. -

gapPattern0: 0-39.

-

gapPattern1: 0-79.

GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RATThe measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern0.

GAP_USE_FOR_ANR

-

gapPattern0: 0-39.

-

gapPattern1: 0-79.

Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR function. The default is False.

GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR

-

False: Measurement gap is not used.

-

True: Measurement gap is used.

The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0.

336

-

gapPattern0: 0-39.

-

gapPattern1: 0-79.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2070 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves priority of UTRA FA. If the CELL_NUM and FA_INDEX parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN FA object registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA objects is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.

0~5

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.

STATUS

Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.

DUPLEX_TYPE

-

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. -

ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

-

ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

UARFCN_UL

Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

UARFCN_DL

Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

337

Command Description

PRIORITY

Priority information on the UTRA FA.

THRESH_XHIGH

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.

THRESH_XLOW

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.

Q_RX_LEV_MIN

The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

P_MAX_UTRA

The maximum RF output power in the UE.

Q_QUAL_MIN

The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.

OFFSET_FREQ

The offset applied to UTRA carrier frequency.

THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.

THRESH_XLOW_QREL9

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.

338

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2073 RETRIEVE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A1 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A1 event reports are retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap. - ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A1PurposeMeasGap Deact/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A1Pu rposeMeasGapDea ct

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap.

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.

-

ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use Event A1. -

Inactive: Event A1 is not used.

-

Active: Event A1 is used.

339

Command Description

A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.

A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A1.

340

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A1.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2074 RETRIEVE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A2CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A2 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A2 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A2 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. - ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap. - ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion. -ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A2PurposeMeasGap Act/ ci_A2PurposeRedirecti on/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A2Pu rposeMeasGapAct

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. -

ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.

-

ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.

-ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: -

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Reserved.

ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use the Event A2.

341

Command Description

A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP

-

Inactive: Event A2 is not used.

-

Active: Event A2 is used.

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.

A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A2.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A2. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A2.

342

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A2.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A2.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2075 RETRIEVE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A3CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A3 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A3 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A3 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC. - ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A3PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A3PurposeReportStr ongestCells/ ci_A3PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A3Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.

ACTIVE_STATE

-

ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.

-

ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

-

ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use Event A3. -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Inactive: Event A3 is not used.

343

Command Description

-

A3_OFFSET

Active: Event A3 is used.

RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A3.

A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE

Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met. - False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is

not report when the leaving condition is met (default). -

True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE

shall report when the leaving condition is met. HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A3.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A3. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A3. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A3. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A3.

344

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A3.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A3.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2076 RETRIEVE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A4CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A4 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A4 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A4 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A4PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A4Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.

-

ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use Event A4. -

Inactive: Event A4 is not used.

-

Active: Event A4 is used.

345

Command Description

A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.

A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A4.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A4. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A4. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A4. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A4.

346

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A4.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A4.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2077 RETRIEVE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A5CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A5 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A5 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A5 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use. - ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A5PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A5Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use.

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.

-

ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use the Event A5. -

Inactive: Event A5 is not used.

-

Active: Event A5 is used.

347

Command Description

A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP

RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP

RSRP threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A5.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A5. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A5. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A5. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A5.

348

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A5.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A5.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2078 RETRIEVE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN periodic reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportStrongestCells/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportCGI/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseSpare_1/

NONE

ci_Eutra PeriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongest Cells: ICIC. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

349

Command Description

ACTIVE_STATE

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -

Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used.

-

Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.

The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic report.

350

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2079 RETRIEVE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-B1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the UTRA B1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN B1 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN B1 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function. - ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_B1PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_B1Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function.

ACTIVE_STATE

B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.

-

ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use UTRA Event B1. -

Inactive: UTRA Event B1 is not used.

-

Active: UTRA Event B1 is used.

UTRA RSCP threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement

351

Command Description

report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1. B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1. HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of UTRA Event B1.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for UTRA Event B1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.

REPORT_AMOUNT

352

The number of measurement reports for UTRA Event B1.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2080 RETRIEVE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the UTRA B2 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN B2 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN B2 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the InterRAT handover function. - ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_B2PurposeInterRatH andover/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_B2Pu rposeInterRatHan dover

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the Inter-RAT handover function.

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover.

-

ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use UTRA Event B2. -

Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not used.

-

Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.

353

Command Description

B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP

RSRP threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of the UTRA Event B2.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA

The EUTRA quantity used to calculate a triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

354

-

ci_rsrp: RSRP.

-

ci_rsrq: RSRQ.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2081 RETRIEVE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];

Command Description Retrieves the UTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN periodic reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.

ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCells/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCellsForSON/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportCGI/

NONE

ci_RatP eriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ells: ICIC. -

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ellsForSON: SON. - ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCellsForSON: SON.

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.

355

Command Description

ACTIVE_STATE

MAX_REPORT_CELL

Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -

Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not used.

-

Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for the UTRA periodic report.

356

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2088 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA Command Format RTRV-QUANT-EUTRA: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. The eNB sends coefficient values to be used in EUTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for EUTRA cell measurement. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.

RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

357

Command Description

C2089 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA Command Format RTRV-QUANT-UTRA: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves quantity settings for UTRA FDD/TDD measurement. The eNB sends coefficient values to be used in UTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for UTRA TDD/ FDD cell measurement. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD

The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. Enter this parameter to either cpich_RSCP or cpich_EcN0.

MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD

The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. This parameter can have only one value: pccpch_RSCP.

UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT

358

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2095 RETRIEVE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-RESEL: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the UTRAN FA reselection information. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN FA reselection registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA reselections is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

T_RESELECTION

UTRAN FA Reselection timer value. The duration is in seconds.

SF_USAGE

Whether to use the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. -

CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.

-

CI_use: Scaling factor is used.

T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.

359

Command Description

-

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.

360

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2097 RETRIEVE ROHC INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ROHC-INF: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves the Robust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. The information retrieved includes whether ROHC is run for each QoS class and the supported profile types. If a QoS class is not specified, the entire information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description

Range

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

ROHC_SUPPORT

MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION

Whether to support the ROHC. -

False: ROHC is not used (default).

-

True: ROHC is used.

The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per call. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 sessions per call are

supported.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

361

Command Description

- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per

call are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are

supported (default). -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs24: Up to 24 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to 128 sessions per call

are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to 256 sessions per call

are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to 512 sessions per call

are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call

are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per

call are supported. PROFILE0001

PROFILE0002

PROFILE0003

PROFILE0004

PROFILE0006

Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0001 is not supported.

-

True: The profile0001 is supported (default).

Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0002 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0002 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/IP). -

False: The profile0003 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0003 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). -

False: The profile0004 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0004 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/IP). -

362

False: The profile0006 is not supported (default).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

PROFILE0101

PROFILE0102

PROFILE0103

PROFILE0104

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

True: The profile0006 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0101 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0101 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0102 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0102 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/IP). -

False: The profile0103 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0103 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). -

False: The profile0104 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0104 is supported.

363

Command Description

C2098 RETRIEVE SECURITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SECU-INF;

Command Description Retrieves the current preferred integrity protection and the ciphering algorithm of the eNB. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR

CIPHER_EA_PRIOR

364

The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB. -

EIA0: NULL.

-

EIA1: SNOW 3G.

-

EIA2: AES.

The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB. -

EEA0: NULL.

-

EEA1: SNOW 3G.

-

EEA2: AES.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2100 RETRIEVE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-NBR-ENB: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. If the index parameter of the neighboring eNB is entered, the information for a certain neighboring eNB is retrieved, If not, the information for all neighboring eNBs is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

NBR_ENB_INDEX

Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.

0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX

Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.

STATUS

NO_X2

NO_HO

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The validity of the neighboring eNB information. -

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. -

False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.

-

True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.

Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. -

False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.

-

True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.

365

Command Description

ENB_ID

The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.

ENB_TYPE

ENB_MCC

eNB type of the neighboring eNB. -

ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.

-

ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

IP_VER

The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.

NBR_ENB_IPV4

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

NBR_ENB_IPV6

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status

OWNER_TYPE

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.

REMOTE_FLAG

This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS

366

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2102 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-NBR-UTRAN: [CELL_NUM], [RELATION_IDX];

Command Description Retrieves information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. If the CELL_NUM and RELATION_INDEX parameters are entered, the information for a certain UTRAN neighboring cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN neighboring cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

RELATION_IDX

Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RELATION_IDX

Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.

STATUS

The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. -

N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid

ID. -

EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

RNC_ID

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

C_ID

CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

LAC

The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

RAC

The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

367

Command Description

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each

368

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

digit being from 0 to 9. MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

DUPLEX_TYPE

P_SCM_CODE

The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. -

ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

-

ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.

CELL_PARA_ID

The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.

ARFCN_UL

The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

ARFCN_DL

The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.

IS_HOALLOWED

-

True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.

-

False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. -

True: Handover is allowed.

-

False: Handover is not allowed.

RIM_STATUS

This parameter shown RIM Association Status

VOIP_INCAPABLE

Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell.

RIM_SUPPORT

OWNER_TYPE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

True: VoIP is support.

-

False: VoIP is not supported.

Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. -

False : RIM is not support.

-

True : RIM is support.

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be

369

Command Description

classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI. HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB

Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO

370

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2105 RETRIEVE MME CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-MME-CONF: [MME_INDEX];

Command Description Retrieves MME-related parameters. The information retrieved includes MME Equip, active State indicating whether S1 is used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter MME_INDEX

Description

Range

The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.

0 ~ 15

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description MME_INDEX

The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.

STATUS

ACTIVE_STATE

The EQUIP status information on the MME. -

N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default).

-

EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.

The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an undesired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive. The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is better not to change this parameter value to inactive.

IP_VER

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used.

-

Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.

The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is

371

Command Description

assigned. MME_IPV4

Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

MME_IPV6

Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The status of the MME link. -

locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are

all dropped, and new call connections are not possible. -

unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal.

-

shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the

MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible. SECONDARY_MME_IPV4

The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.

SECONDARY_MME_IPV6

The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

372

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2106 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS Command Format RTRV-SONFN-CELL: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes, which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Function Off and Auto Apply. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

ANR_ENABLE

Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled except for the NR

deletion (X2-based). -

sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-

formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and NR deletion are performed manually. -

sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing

HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automatically. INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRANControls SON Inter-RAT ANR for URTAN (WCDMA). -

sonFuncOff: The Inter-RAT ANR function is disabled.

-sonManualApply:

The NR Adding is performed automati-

cally.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

373

Command Description

-

sonAutoApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically.

MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Blanking Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. RACH_OPT_ENABLE

Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLEWhether to enable the Pico Subband Load Balancing function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Idle Mode Load Balancing func-

374

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

tion. SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE

Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

375

Command Description

C2107 RETRIEVE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-DLICIC: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

cell index (number)

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

cell index (number)

DL_ICIC_TYPE

The DL ICIC type is specified. -

sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is not performed. The

UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions. -

sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-

formed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE location for performing the power control function.

376

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2108 RETRIEVE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-ULICIC: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description

Range

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

UL_ICIC_TYPE

The UL ICIC type is specified. -

sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The

UE performs the power control function with the specified conditions. -

sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-

formed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for performing the power control function.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

377

Command Description

C2112 RETRIEVE SON MRO Command Format RTRV-SON-MRO;

Command Description Retrieves the parameters used in the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description T_PERIOD

The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of one_day/one_week, by default/one_month) used to trigger the handover parameter control. -

one_day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-

lected for 1 day. - one_week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-

lected for 1 week. -

one_month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics

collected for 1 month. T_PERIOD_TEMP

The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. -

one_hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics

collected for 1 hour. -

one_day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics

collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics

collected for 1 week. HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI

The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the hando-

378

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

ver success rate is lower than this threshold. N_HANDOVER_THRESH

The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is lower than this threshold.

OFFSET_MAX

The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower than this maximum value, it is valid ID.

OFFSET_MIN

The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher than this minimum value, it is valid ID.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

379

Command Description

C2113 RETRIEVE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CLOCK-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];

Command Description Retrieves information required for Modem/DSP clock settings (advance/retard). A period of time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered in the clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if increasing the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

Description The cell number to be changed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description

380

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

CLOCK_ADVANCE

The clock advance value in ns.

CLOCK_RETARD

The clock retard value in ns.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2114 RETRIEVE QCI BH BW INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-BHBW-QCI: [QCI];

Command Description Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

Description QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

Range 0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

381

Command Description

BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. OVER_BOOKING_RATIO

The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

382

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2115 RETRIEVE SCTP PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-SCTP-PARA;

Command Description Retrieves SCTP-related parameters. The retrieved information is necessary for SCTP to establish/maintain connections with a peer. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description MME_FAILOVER_TIMER

The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.

HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL

The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.

NUM_PATH_RE_TX

The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is disconnected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during specified (numPathReTx) attempts.

RTO_INITIAL

The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the RTT by packet transmission is measured.

RTO_MIN

The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.

RTO_MAX

The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

383

Command Description

CONNECT_INTERVAL

The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in PLD in seconds.

384

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2116 RETRIEVE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-BHBW-SVCGR: [SERVICE_GROUP];

Command Description Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter SERVICE_GROU P

Description

Range

Service group. - voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. - videoService: Service group that uses the video service.

voipService/videoService/

Unit NONE

Defaul t voipSer vice

Output Parameter Description SERVICE_GROUP

Service group. -

voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet

Protocol (VoIP) service. -

videoService: Service group that uses the video service.

BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and han-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

385

Command Description

dover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. OVER_BOOKING_RATIO

The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when operating backhaul-based CAC per service group.

386

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2117 RETRIEVE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-SO;

Command Description Retrieves parameter information on the SON self-optimization. The following functions are related to the parameters that can be retrieved:. -RRH Optic Delay Compensation measures RRH-specific optical delay when initially installing RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX values that can be changed by using this command are necessary to calculate the time buffer. - Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command. If the value is sonFuncOff, compensation is disabled. If the value is sonAutoApply, compensation is enabled. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameters can be changed with CHGSON-SO command. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description No input parameter.

Output Parameter Description TX_TBMAX

Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

387

Command Description

RX_TBMAX

The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

388

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2120 CHANGE ENB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-ENB-INF: [BH_LINK_CAPACITY], [DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT];

Command Description Changes the eNB's default information. Defaults except the backhaul capacity and SCTP Port cannot be changed during operation since they are entered when the eNB is established. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BH_LINK_CAP ACITY

Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default 1G).

0 ~ 10000000

Kbps

100000 0

DL_CRS_POR T_COUNT

This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count

ci_n1CrsPortCnt/ ci_n2CrsPortCnt/ ci_n4CrsPortCnt/

NONE

ci_n2Cr sPortCnt

Output Parameter Description ENB_TYPE

This parameter defines eNB Type ( Macro eNB(0). Home eNB(1) )

ENB_MCC

This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MCC information

ENB_MNC

This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MNC information

ENB_ID

This parameter defines eNB ID ( Macro eNB : BIT STRING(20), Home eNB : BIT STRING(28) )

SCTP_PORT_NUM_S1

The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration for S1AP with the MME. (The port number is fixed at 36412. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the same as SCTP of the MME.)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

389

Command Description

SCTP_PORT_NUM_X2

The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration for X2AP with the neighbor eNB. (The port number is fixed at 36422. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the same as SCTP of the neighbor eNB.)

BH_LINK_CAPACITY

Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default 1G).

DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT

390

This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2121 CHANGE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION Command Format CHG-HO-OPT: [ERAB_INTERACTION], [USED_NBR_LIST], [UPLINK_FORWARD], [NUM_OF_ENB], [RIM_ENABLE], [MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIM];

Command Description Changes handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the eNB, whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the target eNB. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

ERAB_INTERA CTION

Prioritization information when contention occurs between E-RAB and handover procedures. - 0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior). - 1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).

0~1

NONE

1

USED_NBR_LI ST

The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. - 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only included in the list (by algorithm). - 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also included in the list (forceused).

0~1

NONE

0

UPLINK_FORW ARD

Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during handover. - 0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled. - 1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.

0~1

NONE

1

NUM_OF_ENB

The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not executed.

1~4

NONE

1

RIM_ENABLE

Whether to RIM procedure decision.

False/True/

NONE

False

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

Unit

Default

391

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

MME_SELECT _FACTOR_FO R_RIM

This parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.

Unit

0 ~ 15

NONE

Default 0

Output Parameter Description ERAB_INTERACTION

Prioritization information when contention occurs between ERAB and handover procedures.

USED_NBR_LIST

-

0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior).

-

1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).

The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. -

0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only

included in the list (by algorithm). -

1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also

included in the list (force-used). UPLINK_FORWARD

Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during handover.

NUM_OF_ENB

-

0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled.

-

1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.

The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not executed.

RIM_ENABLE

Whether to RIM procedure decision.

MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIMThis parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.

392

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2122 CHANGE TIMER INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TIMER-INF: [RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP], [RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG], [RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISH], [RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMAND], [RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRY], [RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE], [RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUEST], [S1_SETUP], [S1_UPDATE], [S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT], [S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP], [S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATION], [S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE], [S1_PATH_SWITCH], [S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [S1_RELOC_OVERALL], [S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL], [X2_SETUP], [X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT], [X2_UPDATE], [X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT], [X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [X2_RELOC_OVERALL], [X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT], [INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP], [INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASE], [INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROL], [INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFER], [INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUP], [INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROL], [INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH], [INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_START], [INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_IND], [INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAIT], [INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY], [INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITY], [INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY], [INTERNAL_RRC_RESET], [INTERNAL_ENB_RESET], [INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORT], [INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ], [RIM_RIR], [RIM_RIAE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROL];

Command Description Changes the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can change the timer value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB blocks when a call is set up. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

RRC_CONNEC TION_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

1000

RRC_CONNEC TION_RECONF IG

The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigurationComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

1500

RRC_CONNEC TION_RE_EST ABLISH

The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionReestablishment message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

Unit

Default

393

Command Description

Parameter

Description

RRC_SECURIT Y_MODE_COM MAND

The time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

RRC_UE_CAP ABILITY_ENQU IRY

The time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

RRC_CONNEC TION_RELEAS E

The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

500

RRC_HANDOV ER_PREPARAT ION

The time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPreparationTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

RRC_UE_INFO RMATION_RE QUEST

The time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse message after sending the InformationRequest message from the eNB to the UE.

10 ~ 65535

msec

300

S1_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

S1_UPDATE

The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

S1_UPDATE_R ETRY_COUNT

The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.

ci_CountZero/ ci_CountOne/ ci_CountTwo/ ci_CountThree/ ci_CountTen/ ci_CountInfinity/

count

ci_Coun tThree

S1_UPDATE_TI ME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission.

ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ ci_v60s/

sec

ci_v5s

S1_INITIAL_C ONTEXT_SET UP

The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

10000

S1_ERAB_REL EASE_INDICAT ION

The time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

S1_UE_CONT EXT_RELEASE

The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCommand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

394

Range

Unit

Default

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

S1_PATH_SWI TCH

The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAcknowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

3000

S1_HANDOVE R_PREPARATI ON

The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand message after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

S1_RELOC_O VERALL

The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

S1_HANDOVE R_CANCEL

The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

X2_SETUP

The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest from the eNB to another eNB.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

X2_SETUP_TI ME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.

ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ ci_v60s/

sec

ci_v5s

X2_UPDATE

The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another eNB set as a neighbor.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

X2_UPDATE_R ETRY_COUNT

The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.

ci_CountZero/ ci_CountOne/ ci_CountTwo/ ci_CountThree/ ci_CountTen/ ci_CountInfinity/

count

ci_Coun tThree

X2_UPDATE_TI ME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).

ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ ci_v60s/

sec

ci_v5s

X2_HANDOVE R_PREPARATI ON

The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverRequest message from the source eNB to the target eNB.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

X2_RELOC_O VERALL

The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message from the target eNB and handover is complete.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

Unit

Default

395

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

X2_STORE_UE _CONTEXT

The time during which to determine whether the Handover Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.

10 ~ 65535

msec

10000

INTERNAL_RE SOURCE_SET UP

The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up resources inside the eNB.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_RE SOURCE_REL EASE

The time to wait for a response after sending the release message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing resources inside the eNB.

10 ~ 65535

msec

100

INTERNAL_SE CURITY_CONT ROL

The time to wait for a response after sending the control message to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_RR C_DATA_TRAN SFER

The time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionReconfiguration to the UE at intra-cell handover.

10 ~ 65535

msec

40

INTERNAL_FO RWARDING_P ATH_SETUP

The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at handover.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_RE ESTALISH_CO NTROL

The time to wait for a response after sending the control message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_BU FFER_FLUSH

The time between buffer flush message transmission and reception of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_DA TA_TRANSFER _START

The time to wait for a response after sending the control message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity after the X2, S1 handover.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_DA TA_FORWARD _END_IND

The time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is complete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and HandoverNotify to S1.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

INTERNAL_RE ESTABLSH_TI ME_TO_WAIT

The time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRequest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

INTERNAL_US ER_INACTIVIT Y

The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time.

0 ~ 65535

sec

10

INTERNAL_SI GNALING_INA CTIVITY

The signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no signaling message for a certain period of time.

0 ~ 65535

sec

10

396

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

INTERNAL_NO _WAIT_RETRY

The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure, X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure, X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer information.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

INTERNAL_RR C_RESET

The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

INTERNAL_EN B_RESET

The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the eNB at eNB reset.

10 ~ 65535

msec

2000

INTERNAL_SO LICIT_MEASU REMENT_REP ORT

The time to wait for reception of the Measurement Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Measurement Report procedure.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

INTERNAL_RT DINFO_REQ

The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.

10 ~ 65535

msec

100

RIM_RIR

The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RANINFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

RIM_RIAE

The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RANINFORMATION-APPLICATION-ERROR) to the MME.

10 ~ 65535

msec

5000

INTERNAL_SU B_CELL_CHAN GE

The time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

10 ~ 65535

msec

1000

INTERNAL_SU B_CELL_PDCP _CONTROL

The time to wait for a response after sending msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

10 ~ 65535

msec

1000

Output Parameter Description RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message from the eNB to the UE.

RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigurationComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISHThe time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionReestablishment message from the eNB to the UE.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

397

Command Description

RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMANDThe time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRYThe time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE

The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.

RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATIONThe time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPreparationTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUESTThe time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse message after sending the InformationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. S1_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.

S1_UPDATE

The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to the MME.

S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT

The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.

S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission.

S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP

The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.

S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATIONThe time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand

398

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the eNB to the MME. S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE

The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCommand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest from the eNB to the MME.

S1_PATH_SWITCH

The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAcknowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from the eNB to the MME.

S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand message after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the MME. S1_RELOC_OVERALL

The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.

S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL

The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB to the MME.

X2_SETUP

The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest from the eNB to another eNB.

X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.

X2_UPDATE

The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another eNB set as a neighbor.

X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT

The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.

X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT

The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

399

Command Description

X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverRequest message from the source eNB to the target eNB. X2_RELOC_OVERALL

The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message from the target eNB and handover is complete.

X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT

The time during which to determine whether the Handover Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.

INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFERThe time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionReconfiguration to the UE at intra-cell handover. INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUPThe time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at handover. INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish. INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH

The time between buffer flush message transmission and reception of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.

INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_STARTThe time to wait for a response after sending the control

400

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity after the X2, S1 handover. INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_INDThe time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is complete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and HandoverNotify to S1. INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAITThe time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRequest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB. INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITYThe signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no signaling message for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY

The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure, X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure, X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer information.

INTERNAL_RRC_RESET

The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.

INTERNAL_ENB_RESET

The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the eNB at eNB reset.

INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORTThe time to wait for reception of the Measurement Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Measurement Report procedure. INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ

The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.

RIM_RIR

The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

401

Command Description

RIM_RIAE

The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATIONERROR) to the MME.

INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGEThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

402

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2124 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-CELL-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHY_CELL_ID], [CELL_TYPE], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [DL_ANT_COUNT], [UL_ANT_COUNT], [EARFCN_DL], [EARFCN_UL], [DL_BANDWIDTH], [UL_BANDWIDTH], [FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATOR], [GROUP_ID], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Change cell information This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

PHY_CELL_ID

Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific reference signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between neighboring cells.

0 ~ 503

NONE

0

CELL_TYPE

Type of cell operation. - macroCell: Operates multiple common cells. - openCell: Operates a single common cell. - hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as well as common ones. - csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.

macroCell/openCell/ hybridCell/csgCell/

NONE

macroCell

DUPLEX_TYPE

Communication method for cell operation. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

ci_FDD/ci_TDD/

NONE

ci_FDD

DL_ANT_COU NT

Tx antenna count used by the active cell. - ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used. - ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used. - ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.

ci_n1TxAntCnt/ ci_n2TxAntCnt/ ci_n4TxAntCnt/

NONE

ci_n2Tx AntCnt

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

403

Command Description

Parameter

Description

UL_ANT_COU NT

The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. - ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n6RxAntCnt: 6 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n8RxAntCnt: 8 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n10RxAntCnt: 10 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n12RxAntCnt: 12 Rx antennas are used.

EARFCN_DL

Unit

Default

ci_n2RxAntCnt/ ci_n4RxAntCnt/ ci_n6RxAntCnt/ ci_n8RxAntCnt/ ci_n10RxAntCnt/ ci_n12RxAntCnt/

NONE

ci_n4Rx AntCnt

Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

1600

EARFCN_UL

Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

19600

DL_BANDWIDT H

Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100 physical RBs.

ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/

NONE

ci_Syste mBand width_n 50

UL_BANDWIDT H

Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz band-

ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/

NONE

ci_Syste mBand width_n 50

width that uses 6 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz band-

width that uses 15 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100 physical RBs.

404

Range

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

FREQUENCY_ BAND_INDICA TOR

Frequency band indicator including the frequency of the active cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.

1 ~ 64

NONE

3

GROUP_ID

This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell

0 ~ 10

NONE

0

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

PHY_CELL_ID

Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific reference signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between neighboring cells.

CELL_TYPE

Type of cell operation. -

macroCell: Operates multiple common cells.

-

openCell: Operates a single common cell.

-

hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as

well as common ones. -

DUPLEX_TYPE

DL_ANT_COUNT

UL_ANT_COUNT

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.

Communication method for cell operation. -

ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

-

ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

Tx antenna count used by the active cell. -

ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used.

-

ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used.

-

ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.

The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. -

ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n6RxAntCnt: 6 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n8RxAntCnt: 8 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n10RxAntCnt: 10 Rx antennas are used.

-

ci_n12RxAntCnt: 12 Rx antennas are used.

405

Command Description

EARFCN_DL

Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.

EARFCN_UL

Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.

DL_BANDWIDTH

Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-

cal RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100

physical RBs. UL_BANDWIDTH

Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15

physical resource blocks. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-

cal RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75

physical RBs. -

ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100

physical RBs.

406

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORFrequency band indicator including the frequency of the active cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. GROUP_ID

This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell

FORCED_MODE

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

407

Command Description

C2128 CHANGE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI], [PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];

Command Description Changes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. This command can change the information on the blacklist, which is registered in the cell by entering the cell number and blacklist index. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

BLACK_LIST_I DX

Index for the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

Whether tuple information is valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

STATUS

- N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.

PCI_TYPE

Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. - ci_singlePci: Single PCI. - ci_rangedPci: PCI range.

ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/

NONE

ci_singl ePci

START_PCI

The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 503

NONE

0

PCI_RANGE

Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.

ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/

NONE

ci_rang ePCI_n 4

408

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

EARFCN_UL

Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

19600

EARFCN_DL

Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

1600

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

BLACK_LIST_IDX

Index for the blacklist cell.

STATUS

Whether tuple information is valid ID.

PCI_TYPE

-

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. -

ci_singlePci: Single PCI.

-

ci_rangedPci: PCI range.

START_PCI

The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.

PCI_RANGE

Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.

EARFCN_UL

Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

EARFCN_DL

Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

409

Command Description

C2129 CHANGE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-ACS: CELL_NUM, [CELL_BARRED], [INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT], [BARRING_CTR_USAGE];

Command Description Changes the cell access parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

CELL_BARRE D

Whether the cell is barred. - ci_barred: The cell is barred. - ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status turns to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred.

ci_barred/ci_notBarred/

NONE

ci_notB arred

INTRA_FREQ_ CELL_RESELE CT

The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell selected by the UE is barred. - ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intrafrequency cell is reselected. - ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is considered barred.

ci_intraFreqReselect_al lowed/ ci_intraFreqReselect_n otAllowed/

NONE

ci_intra FreqRe select_n otAllowed

BARRING_CTR _USAGE

Whether barring control type is applied when setting the ac-BarringInfo for SIB2. - barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter. -manualCtrl : using manual barring control. -cpuStatusCtrl : using auto barring control according to CPU Overlad.

barringOff/manualCtrl/ cpuStatusCtrl/

NONE

cpuStatusCtrl

Output Parameter Description

410

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CELL_BARRED

Whether the cell is barred.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

ci_barred: The cell is barred.

-

ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status

turns to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred. INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell selected by the UE is barred. - ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra-frequency cell is rese-

lected. -

ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is

considered barred. BARRING_CTR_USAGE

Whether barring control type is applied when setting the acBarringInfo for SIB2. -

barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.

-manualCtrl

: using manual barring control.

-cpuStatusCtrl

: using auto barring control according to CPU

Overlad.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

411

Command Description

C2130 CHANGE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-RSEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_HYST], [Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM], [Q_HYST_SFHIGH];

Command Description Changes information on the cell reselection parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 3. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

Q_HYST

Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.

ci_q_Hyst_dB0/ ci_q_Hyst_dB1/ ci_q_Hyst_dB2/ ci_q_Hyst_dB3/ ci_q_Hyst_dB4/ ci_q_Hyst_dB5/ ci_q_Hyst_dB6/ ci_q_Hyst_dB8/ ci_q_Hyst_dB10/ ci_q_Hyst_dB12/ ci_q_Hyst_dB14/ ci_q_Hyst_dB16/ ci_q_Hyst_dB18/ ci_q_Hyst_dB20/ ci_q_Hyst_dB22/ ci_q_Hyst_dB24/

dB

ci_q_Hy st_dB0

Q_HYST_SFM EDIUM

The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAG E of CHG-MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

ci_Q_HystSF_dB-6/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-4/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-2/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB0/

dB

ci_Q_H ystSF_d B-6

Q_HYST_SFHI GH

The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAG E of CHG-MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

ci_Q_HystSF_dB-6/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-4/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-2/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB0/

dB

ci_Q_H ystSF_d B-6

412

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Q_HYST

Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.

Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM

The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHGMOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

Q_HYST_SFHIGH

The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHGMOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

413

Command Description

C2131 CHANGE CELL SELECT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-SEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_RXLEV_MIN], [Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE], [Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET];

Command Description Changes the cell selection parameter in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

Q_RXLEV_MIN

The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition.

-70 ~ -22

dBm

-64

Q_RXLEV_MIN _OFFSET_USA GE

The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. - CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlevmin. - CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

Q_RXLEV_MIN _OFFSET

The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB (IE value*2[dB]).

1~8

NONE

3

P_MAX_USAG E

Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmission in cells. - CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its capability. - CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

P_MAX

The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and calculating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304) parameter.

-30 ~ 33

NONE

0

414

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REL9_SEL_INF O_USAGE

Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used. - CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

Q_QUAL_MIN

The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

-34 ~ -3

NONE

-16

Q_QUAL_MIN_ OFFSET_USA GE

Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the cell selection condition. - CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQualMin. - CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

Q_QUAL_MIN_ OFFSET

The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

1~8

NONE

3

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

Q_RXLEV_MIN

The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition.

Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. -

CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlev-

min. -

Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET

CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.

The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB (IE value*2[dB]).

P_MAX_USAGE

Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmission in cells. -

CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its

capability. -

P_MAX

CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.

The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and calculating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

415

Command Description

parameter. REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE

Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the eNB.

Q_QUAL_MIN

-

CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used.

-

CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.

The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the cell selection condition. -

CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-

Min. -

Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET

CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.

The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

416

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2132 CHANGE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CSGPCI-IDLE: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE], [CSG_PCISTART], [CSG_PCIRANGE], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Changes the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

0~7

NONE

0

CSG_PCIRAN GE_USAGE

Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell. - CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used. - CI_use: The PCI range is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

PCI_TYPE

The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG PCI as a range or single. - ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single. - ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.

ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/

NONE

ci_rang edPci

CSG_PCISTAR T

The PCI start value of the CSG cell.

0 ~ 503

NONE

420

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

417

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CSG_PCIRAN GE

The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start value.

ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/

NONE

ci_rang ePCI_n 84

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE

Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell.

PCI_TYPE

-

CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used.

-

CI_use: The PCI range is used.

The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG PCI as a range or single. -

ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.

-

ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.

CSG_PCISTART

The PCI start value of the CSG cell.

CSG_PCIRANGE

The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start value.

FORCED_MODE

418

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2133 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SIB-INF: CELL_NUM, [SIB2_PERIOD], [SIB3_PERIOD], [SIB4_PERIOD], [SIB5_PERIOD], [SIB6_PERIOD], [SIB7_PERIOD], [SIB8_PERIOD], [SIB9_PERIOD], [SIB10_PERIOD], [SIB11_PERIOD], [SIB12_PERIOD], [SI_WINDOW], [WARNING_MSG_TYPE];

Command Description Changes the System Information Block (SIB) interval of cells. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (System Information) message and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12 is included in schedulingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs of the same period are mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be transmitted in the same period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of schedulingInfoList. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

SIB2_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 2 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_rf16

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

419

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SIB3_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 3 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_rf32

SIB4_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 4 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_rf64

SIB5_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 5 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

SIB6_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 6 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_rf128

420

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SIB7_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 7 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

SIB8_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 8 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

SIB9_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 9 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

SIB10_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 10 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

421

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SIB11_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 11 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

SIB12_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 12 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.

ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/

NONE

ci_not_u sed

SI_WINDOW

The system information window size of the cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent repeatedly. The range is as follows:. -ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.

ci_si_WindowLength_m s1/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s2/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s5/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s10/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s15/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s20/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s40/

NONE

ci_si_Wi ndowLe ngth_m s20

WARNING_MS G_TYPE

This is the value of Warning Message Type

etws/cmas/

NONE

etws

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

SIB2_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 2 of the cell in the eNB.

422

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SIB3_PERIOD

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 3 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB4_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 4 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB5_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 5 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB6_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 6 of the cell in the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

423

Command Description

SIB7_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 7 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB8_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 8 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB9_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 9 of the cell in the eNB.

424

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

SIB10_PERIOD

The transmission period for the system information block type 10 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB11_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 11 of the cell in the eNB.

SIB12_PERIOD

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.

The transmission period for the system information block type 12 of the cell in the eNB.

SI_WINDOW

-

ci_rf8: 80 ms.

-

ci_rf16: 160 ms.

-

ci_rf32: 320 ms.

-

ci_rf64: 640 ms.

-

ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

-

ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

-

ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

-

ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.

The system information window size of the cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent repeatedly. The range is as follows:. -ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

1 ms.

ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms.

425

Command Description

WARNING_MSG_TYPE

426

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.

-

ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.

This is the value of Warning Message Type

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2134 CHANGE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-MOBIL-STA: CELL_NUM, [SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGE], [T_EVALULATION], [T_HYST_NORMAL], [N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM], [N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH];

Command Description Changes the mobility state information. Mobility state information is changed by entering a CELL_NUM parameter value. The following parameters are used when changing the mobility states: speedStaeReSelParsUsage, tEvalulation, tHystNormal, nCellChangeMedium and nCellChangeHigh. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

SPEED_STATE _RE_SEL_PAR S_USAGE

Whether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used. - CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

T_EVALULATIO N

The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.

ci_T_Evalulation_s30/ ci_T_Evalulation_s60/ ci_T_Evalulation_s120/ ci_T_Evalulation_s180/ ci_T_Evalulation_s240/

sec

ci_T_Ev alulation _s30

T_HYST_NOR MAL

The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.

ci_T_HystNormal_s30/ ci_T_HystNormal_s60/ ci_T_HystNormal_s120 / ci_T_HystNormal_s180 / ci_T_HystNormal_s240 /

sec

ci_T_Hy stNorma l_s30

N_CELL_CHAN GE_MEDIUM

The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell in the eNB.

1 ~ 16

NONE

5

N_CELL_CHAN GE_HIGH

The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in the eNB.

1 ~ 16

NONE

10

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

427

Command Description

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGEWhether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the cell in the eNB. -

CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used.

-

CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.

T_EVALULATION

The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.

T_HYST_NORMAL

The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.

N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM

The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell in the eNB.

N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH

The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in the eNB.

428

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2135 CHANGE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TIME-INF: CELL_NUM, [T300], [T301], [T302], [T304], [CCO_T304], [T310], [T311], [T320], [N310], [N311];

Command Description Changes the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and constants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which are included in the RRC message. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

T300

Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and re-establishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms. - ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms. - ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms. - ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms. - ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.

ci_t_300_ms100/ ci_t_300_ms200/ ci_t_300_ms300/ ci_t_300_ms400/ ci_t_300_ms600/ ci_t_300_ms1000/ ci_t_300_ms1500/ ci_t_300_ms2000/

NONE

ci_t_300 _ms200

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

429

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

T301

Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms. - ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms. - ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms. - ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms. - ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.

ci_t_301_ms100/ ci_t_301_ms200/ ci_t_301_ms300/ ci_t_301_ms400/ ci_t_301_ms600/ ci_t_301_ms1000/ ci_t_301_ms1500/ ci_t_301_ms2000/

NONE

ci_t_301 _ms200

T302

The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_302_s1: 1 second. - ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds. - ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds. - ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds. - ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds. - ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds. - ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds. - ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds. - ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds. - ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds. - ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds. - ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds. - ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds. - ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds. - ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds. - ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.

ci_t_302_s1/ ci_t_302_s2/ ci_t_302_s3/ ci_t_302_s4/ ci_t_302_s5/ ci_t_302_s6/ ci_t_302_s7/ ci_t_302_s8/ ci_t_302_s9/ ci_t_302_s10/ ci_t_302_s11/ ci_t_302_s12/ ci_t_302_s13/ ci_t_302_s14/ ci_t_302_s15/ ci_t_302_s16/

NONE

ci_t_302 _s8

T304

The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Reconfiguration message during the handover. The timer terminates when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms. - ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms. - ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms. - ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.

ci_t_304_ms50/ ci_t_304_ms100/ ci_t_304_ms150/ ci_t_304_ms200/ ci_t_304_ms500/ ci_t_304_ms1000/ ci_t_304_ms2000/

NONE

ci_t_304 _ms200

430

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CCO_T304

The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA Command message during the handover. The timer terminates when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds. - ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.

ci_cco_t_304_ms100/ ci_cco_t_304_ms200/ ci_cco_t_304_ms500/ ci_cco_t_304_ms1000/ ci_cco_t_304_ms2000/ ci_cco_t_304_ms4000/ ci_cco_t_304_ms8000/

NONE

ci_cco_t _304_m s1000

T310

The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indication is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered. - ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms. - ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms. - ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms. - ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.

ci_t_310_ms0/ ci_t_310_ms50/ ci_t_310_ms100/ ci_t_310_ms200/ ci_t_310_ms500/ ci_t_310_ms1000/ ci_t_310_ms2000/

NONE

ci_t_310 _ms100 0

T311

The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment procedure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an interRAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suitable cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. - ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms3000: 3000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms5000: 5000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms10000: 10000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms15000: 15000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms20000. 20000ms. -ci_t_311_ms30000: 30000 ms.

ci_t_311_ms1000/ ci_t_311_ms3000/ ci_t_311_ms5000/ ci_t_311_ms10000/ ci_t_311_ms15000/ ci_t_311_ms20000/ ci_t_311_ms30000/

NONE

ci_t_311 _ms300 0

T320

The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes. - ci_t_320_min10: 10 minutes. - ci_t_320_min20: 20 minutes. - ci_t_320_min30: 30 minutes. - ci_t_320_min60: 60 minutes. - ci_t_320_min120: 120 minutes. - ci_t_320_min180: 180 minutes.

ci_t_320_min5/ ci_t_320_min10/ ci_t_320_min20/ ci_t_320_min30/ ci_t_320_min60/ ci_t_320_min120/ ci_t_320_min180/

NONE

ci_t_320 _min30

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

431

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

N310

The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_n_310_n1: 1. - ci_n_310_n2: 2. - ci_n_310_n3: 3. - ci_n_310_n4: 4. - ci_n_310_n6: 6. - ci_n_310_n8: 8. - ci_n_310_n10: 10. - ci_n_310_n20: 20.

ci_n_310_n1/ ci_n_310_n2/ ci_n_310_n3/ ci_n_310_n4/ ci_n_310_n6/ ci_n_310_n8/ ci_n_310_n10/ ci_n_310_n20/

NONE

ci_n_31 0_n10

N311

The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_n_311_n1: 1. - ci_n_311_n2: 2. - ci_n_311_n3: 3. - ci_n_311_n4: 4. - ci_n_311_n5: 5. - ci_n_311_n6: 6. - ci_n_311_n8: 8. - ci_n_311_n10: 10.

ci_n_311_n1/ ci_n_311_n2/ ci_n_311_n3/ ci_n_311_n4/ ci_n_311_n5/ ci_n_311_n6/ ci_n_311_n8/ ci_n_311_n10/

NONE

ci_n_31 1_n1

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

T300

Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and reestablishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

T301

432

-

ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.

-

ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.

Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

T302

-

ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.

-

ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.

The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the operator.

T304

-

ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.

-

ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.

-

ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.

The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Reconfiguration message during the handover. The timer terminates when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

433

Command Description

CCO_T304

-

ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.

The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA Command message during the handover. The timer terminates when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds.

T310

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.

-

ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.

The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indication is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.

T311

-

ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-

ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.

The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment procedure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter-RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suitable cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. -

434

ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms3000:

3000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms5000:

5000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms10000:

10000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms15000:

15000 ms.

-ci_t_311_ms20000.

20000ms.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-ci_t_311_ms30000:

T320

30000 ms.

The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the operator.

N310

-

ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min10: 10 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min20: 20 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min30: 30 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min60: 60 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min120: 120 minutes.

-

ci_t_320_min180: 180 minutes.

The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the operator.

N311

-

ci_n_310_n1: 1.

-

ci_n_310_n2: 2.

-

ci_n_310_n3: 3.

-

ci_n_310_n4: 4.

-

ci_n_310_n6: 6.

-

ci_n_310_n8: 8.

-

ci_n_310_n10: 10.

-

ci_n_310_n20: 20.

The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_n_311_n1: 1.

-

ci_n_311_n2: 2.

-

ci_n_311_n3: 3.

-

ci_n_311_n4: 4.

-

ci_n_311_n5: 5.

-

ci_n_311_n6: 6.

-

ci_n_311_n8: 8.

-

ci_n_311_n10: 10.

435

Command Description

C2145 CHANGE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CAS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CSG_IDENTITY], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Changes the CSG cell ID. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

CSG_IDENTIT Y

The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.

0 ~ 134217727

NONE

0

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CSG_IDENTITY

The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.

FORCED_MODE

436

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2147 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SIB-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Changes the maximum size of the packed SI that can be sent by the cell. It can be changed only when the cell is in the idle state. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

MAX_PACKED _SI_SIZE

The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth, maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggregation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for 1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.

0 ~ 217

NONE

217

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE

The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth, maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggregation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

437

Command Description

1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB. FORCED_MODE

438

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2148 CHANGE CELL CAC FUNCTION Command Format CHG-CELL-CAC: CELL_NUM, [CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_CALL_COUNT], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_DRB_COUNT], [DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [QOS_CAC_OPTION], [QOS_POLICY_OPTION], [PRB_REPORT_PERIOD], [ESTIMATION_OPT], [PREEMPTION_FLAG], [BH_BW_CAC_USAGE], [BH_BW_CAC_OPTION];

Command Description Changes the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Changes threshold, CAC option, and preemption status for performing CAC at the cell level. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

CELL_COUNT_ CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is one of the capacitybased Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not performed. - CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is performed.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

MAX_CALL_C OUNT

The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the cell.

0 ~ 2000

NONE

2000

CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_N ORMAL

The percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

90

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

439

Command Description

Parameter

Description

CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_E MER_HO

Emergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

100

DRB_COUNT_ CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (E-RAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is not executed. - CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is executed.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

MAX_DRB_CO UNT

The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer) count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.

0 ~ 4000

NONE

4000

DRB_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_N ORMAL

The percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

90

DRB_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_E MER_HO

Emergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

100

QOS_CAC_OP TION

The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. - QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell level is not used. - QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is used.

QoSCAC_option0/ QoSCAC_option1/

NONE

QoSCA C_optio n1

QOS_POLICY_ OPTION

The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. - QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed. - QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed.

QoSPolicy_option0/ QoSPolicy_option1/

NONE

QoSPoli cy_optio n1

440

Range

Unit

Default

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PRB_REPORT _PERIOD

PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at the cell level.

1~5

sec

2

ESTIMATION_ OPT

The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto, 1:manual). - EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically calculated. - EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually calculated.

EstimationOption_auto/ EstimationOption_man ual/

NONE

EstimationOpti on_auto

PREEMPTION_ FLAG

Whether to use preemption at the cell level. - CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled. - CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

BH_BW_CAC_ USAGE

Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level. - CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is not used. - CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

BH_BW_CAC_ OPTION

The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. - bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC. - bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC. - bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service group-based CAC.

bhBwCac_QCI_only/ bhBwCac_ServiceGrou p_only/ bhBwCac_Both_QCI_S erviceGroup/

NONE

bhBwCa c_Servi ceGrou p_only

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. -

CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not

performed. -

CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is per-

formed. MAX_CALL_COUNT

The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the cell.

CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of con-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

441

Command Description

nected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (ERAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is

not executed. -

CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is

executed. MAX_DRB_COUNT

The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer) count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.

DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. QOS_CAC_OPTION

The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. -

QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell

level is not used. -

QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is

used.

442

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

QOS_POLICY_OPTION

The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -

QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the

PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed. -

QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the

PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. NonGBRs are always allowed. PRB_REPORT_PERIOD

PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at the cell level.

ESTIMATION_OPT

The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto, 1:manual). -

EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically

calculated. -

EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually

calculated. PREEMPTION_FLAG

BH_BW_CAC_USAGE

Whether to use preemption at the cell level. -

CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled.

-

CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.

Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level. -

CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per

cell is not used. -

CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is

used. BH_BW_CAC_OPTION

The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -

bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC.

-

bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC.

-

bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service

group-based CAC.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

443

Command Description

C2149 CHANGE ENB FUNCTION Command Format CHG-ENB-CAC: [CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE];

Command Description Changes the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also changes the threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

CALL_COUNT_ CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. - CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is not performed. - CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is performed.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

MAX_ENB_CA LL_COUNT

The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.

0 ~ 4500

NONE

4500

CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_N ORMAL

The percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

90

CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_E MER_HO

Emergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

100

444

Range

Unit

Default

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

CHECK_UE_ID _USAGE

Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call. - CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not performed. - CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is performed. If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and the new call is accommodated.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

Unit NONE

Default CI_use

Output Parameter Description CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE

Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -

CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base sta-

tion is not performed. -

CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is

performed. MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT

The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.

CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE

Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call. -

CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not

performed. -

CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is per-

formed. If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and the new call is accommodated.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

445

Command Description

C2150 CHANGE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION Command Format CHG-QCAC-PARA: CELL_NUM, [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO], [UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO];

Command Description Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the threshold by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the active cell. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

DL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_N ORMAL

The threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

80

DL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_H O

The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

100

UL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_N ORMAL

The threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

80

446

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

UL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_H O

The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default 100

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO

The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO

The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

447

Command Description

C2151 CHANGE SON ANR PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-ANR: [MAX_NRTSIZE], [LSM_USAGE_FLAG], [DEFAULT_WEIGHT], [DEFAULT_PERIOD], [HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT], [HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT], [LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE], [LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI], [UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE];

Command Description Changes the parameter information for the SON ANR function. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

MAX_NRTSIZE

The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to MAX_NRTSIZE.

1 ~ 256

NONE

256

LSM_USAGE_ FLAG

Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the LSM during operation. - FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the LSM but are executed through UE. - TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or UE.

False/True/

NONE

True

DEFAULT_WEI GHT

The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neighboring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the handover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).

0.000 ~ 1.000

NONE

0.05

DEFAULT_PER IOD

A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not added to the blacklist.

1 ~ 30

day

7

448

Range

Unit

Default

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

HO_ATTEMPT_ WEIGHT

The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.

0.000 ~ 1.000

NONE

1.0

HO_SUCCESS _WEIGHT

The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with success rates weighted.

0.000 ~ 1.000

NONE

0.0

LOWER_HO_A TTEMPT_RATE

The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in the handover blacklist.

0.000 ~ 1.000

NONE

0.0

LOWER_HO_S UCCESS_TO_ KPI

The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and whose attempt rate is lower than LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover blacklist.

0.000 ~ 1.000

NONE

0.0

UPPER_HO_T O_BLACK_RAT E

The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the frequency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from the blacklist.

0.000 ~ 1.000

NONE

0.1

Output Parameter Description MAX_NRTSIZE

The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to MAX_NRTSIZE.

LSM_USAGE_FLAG

Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the LSM during operation. -

FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the

LSM but are executed through UE.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

449

Command Description

-

TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or

UE. DEFAULT_WEIGHT

The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neighboring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the handover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).

DEFAULT_PERIOD

A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not added to the blacklist.

HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT

The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.

HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT

The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with success rates weighted.

LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE

The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in the handover blacklist.

LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and whose attempt rate is lower than LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover blacklist.

450

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE

The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the frequency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from the blacklist.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

451

Command Description

C2153 CHANGE SRB RLC INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SRB-RLC: SRB_ID, [TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [POLL_PDU], [POLL_BYTE], [MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD], [TIMER_REORDERING], [TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The AMD PDU retransmission count per SRB ID, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll triggering, Poll Retransmission timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Prohibit timer value can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter SRB_ID

452

Description The ID of SRB to retrieve. - 1: Information on SRB1. - 2: Information on SRB2.

Range 1~2

Unit NONE

Default 1

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TIMER_PO LL_RETRA NSMIT

The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.

ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms30/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms35/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms40/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms45/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms50/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms55/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms60/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms65/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms70/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms75/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms80/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms85/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms90/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms95/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms100/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms105/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms110/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms115/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms120/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms125/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms130/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms135/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms140/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms145/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms150/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms155/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms160/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms165/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms170/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms175/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms180/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms185/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms190/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms195/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms200/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms205/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms210/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms215/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms220/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms225/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms230/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms235/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms240/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms245/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms250/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms300/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms350/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms400/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms450/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms500/

NONE

ci_T_Po llRetran smit_ms 45

POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ci_p64/ ci_p128/ci_p256/ci_pInfinity/

NONE

ci_pInfin ity

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

453

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

POLL_BYT E

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ci_kB100/ ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ci_kB375/ ci_kB500/ci_kB750/ci_kB1000/ ci_kB1250/ci_kB1500/ci_kB2000/ ci_kB3000/ci_kBinfinity/

NONE

ci_kBinfi nity

MAX_RETR ANSMISSI ON_THRES HOLD

The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.

ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ci_t8/ ci_t16/ci_t32/

NONE

ci_t32

TIMER_RE ORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ ci_T_Reordering_ms15/ ci_T_Reordering_ms20/ ci_T_Reordering_ms25/ ci_T_Reordering_ms30/ ci_T_Reordering_ms35/ ci_T_Reordering_ms40/ ci_T_Reordering_ms45/ ci_T_Reordering_ms50/ ci_T_Reordering_ms55/ ci_T_Reordering_ms60/ ci_T_Reordering_ms65/ ci_T_Reordering_ms70/ ci_T_Reordering_ms75/ ci_T_Reordering_ms80/ ci_T_Reordering_ms85/ ci_T_Reordering_ms90/ ci_T_Reordering_ms95/ ci_T_Reordering_ms100/ ci_T_Reordering_ms110/ ci_T_Reordering_ms120/ ci_T_Reordering_ms130/ ci_T_Reordering_ms140/ ci_T_Reordering_ms150/ ci_T_Reordering_ms160/ ci_T_Reordering_ms170/ ci_T_Reordering_ms180/ ci_T_Reordering_ms190/ ci_T_Reordering_ms200/

NONE

ci_T_Re ordering _ms35

454

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

TIMER_ST ATUS_PRO HIBIT

The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms25/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms30/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms35/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms40/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms45/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms50/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms55/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms60/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms65/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms70/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms75/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms80/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms85/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms90/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms95/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms100/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms105/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms110/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms115/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms120/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms125/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms130/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms135/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms140/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms145/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms150/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms155/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms160/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms165/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms170/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms175/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms180/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms185/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms190/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms195/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms200/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms205/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms210/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms215/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms220/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms225/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms230/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms235/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms240/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms245/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms250/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms300/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms350/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms400/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms450/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms500/

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_T_St atusPro hibit_ms 0

455

Command Description

Output Parameter Description SRB_ID

The ID of SRB to retrieve. -

1: Information on SRB1.

-

2: Information on SRB2.

TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT

The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.

POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

POLL_BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLDThe threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. TIMER_REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT

The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.

456

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2154 CHANGE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-QCIDSCP-MAP: QCI, [DSCP];

Command Description Changes the configured Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping information per QCI. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

DSCP

DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.

DSCP

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).

457

Command Description

C2155 CHANGE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DSCPCOS-MAP: DSCP, [COS];

Command Description Changes the COS mapping information per Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DSCP

DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.

0 ~ 63

NONE

0

COS

The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.

0~7

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description DSCP

DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.

COS

458

The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2158 CHANGE QCI VALUE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-QCI-VAL: QCI, [STATUS], [RESOURCE_TYPE], [PRIORITY], [PDB], [PELR], [BH_SERVICE_GROUP], [SCHEDULING_TYPE];

Command Description Changes the configuration information per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used by the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The status, resource type, priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB), Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) Backhaul Service Group parameter values per QCI can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used. - EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB. - N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

RESOURCE_T YPE

The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR (Guaranteed Bit Rate). - ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaranteed Bit Rate).

ci_NonGBR/ci_GBR/

NONE

ci_Non GBR

PRIORITY

The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.

1 ~ 16

NONE

9

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

459

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PDB

Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec. - ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec. - ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec. - ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec. - ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec. - ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec. - ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec. - ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec. - ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec. - ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.

ci_pdb50msec/ ci_pdb100msec/ ci_pdb150msec/ ci_pdb200msec/ ci_pdb250msec/ ci_pdb300msec/ ci_pdb350msec/ ci_pdb400msec/ ci_pdb450msec/ ci_pdb500msec/

NONE

ci_pdb3 00msec

PELR

Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2. - ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3. - ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4. - ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5. - ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6. - ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7. - ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8. - ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.

ci_pler10_2/ ci_pler10_3/ ci_pler10_4/ ci_pler10_5/ ci_pler10_6/ ci_pler10_7/ ci_pler10_8/ ci_pler10_9/

NONE

ci_pler1 0_6

BH_SERVICE_ GROUP

The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC). - voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. - videoService: The QCI uses the video service.

voipService/videoService/

NONE

voipService

SCHEDULING_ TYPE

The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer. - Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling. - SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.

Dynamic_scheduling/ SPS_scheduling/

NONE

Dynami c_sched uling

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use

460

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

QCI values 0 and 10-255. STATUS

RESOURCE_TYPE

Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used. -

EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB.

-

N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.

The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR

(Guaranteed Bit Rate). - ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaran-

teed Bit Rate). PRIORITY

The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.

PDB

PELR

Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). -

ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.

-

ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec.

-

ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec.

-

ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec.

-

ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec.

-

ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec.

-

ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec.

-

ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec.

-

ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec.

-

ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.

Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

BH_SERVICE_GROUP

-

ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2.

-

ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3.

-

ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4.

-

ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5.

-

ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6.

-

ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7.

-

ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8.

-

ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.

The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC).

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

461

Command Description

-

voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol

(VoIP) service. -

SCHEDULING_TYPE

videoService: The QCI uses the video service.

The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.

462

-

Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.

-

SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2159 CHANGE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION Command Format CHG-LOCH-INF: QCI, [PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE], [BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION], [LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY], [NON_GBRPFWEIGHT];

Command Description Changes the parameter values needed to operate a logical channel. The bucket size duration, logical channel group ID, logical channel priority, non GBRPFWeight, prioritized bit rate for each QCI can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

PRIORITIZED_ BIT_RATE

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for each logical channel. - ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps. - ci_kBps8: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 8 kBps. - ci_kBps16: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 16 kBps. - ci_kBps32: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 32 kBps. - ci_kBps64: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 64 kBps. - ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 128 kBps. - ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 256 kBps. - ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is infinity.

ci_kBps0/ci_kBps8/ ci_kBps16/ci_kBps32/ ci_kBps64/ci_kBps128/ ci_kBps256/ ci_prioritizedBitRate_inf inity/

NONE

ci_kBps 8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

463

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BUCKET_SIZE _DURATION

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical channel. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 50 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 100 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 150 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 300 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms500: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 500 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms1000: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 1000 ms.

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms50/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms100/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms150/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms300/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms500/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms1000/

NONE

ci_buck etSizeD uration_ ms300

LOGICAL_CHA NNEL_PRIORI TY

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is from 1 to 16.

1 ~ 16

NONE

9

NON_GBRPFW EIGHT

The non-GBR bearer's proportional fairness weight per QCI. The threshold that is not applied to a GBR bearer. The range is from 0 to 15.

0 ~ 15

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for each logical channel. -

ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps.

-

ci_kBps8: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 8 kBps.

-

ci_kBps16: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 16 kBps.

-

ci_kBps32: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 32 kBps.

-

ci_kBps64: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 64 kBps.

-

ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 128 kBps.

-

ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 256 kBps.

- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI

is infinity. BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION

464

The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical channel. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 50 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 100 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 150 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 300 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms500: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 500 ms. -

ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms1000: Bucket Size Duration of the

QCI is 1000 ms. LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is from 1 to 16. NON_GBRPFWEIGHT

The non-GBR bearer's proportional fairness weight per QCI. The threshold that is not applied to a GBR bearer. The range is from 0 to 15.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

465

Command Description

C2160 CHANGE RLC INFORMATION Command Format CHG-RLC-INF: QCI, [RLC_MODE], [ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [ENB_POLL_PDU], [ENB_POLL_BYTE], [ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [ENB_TIMER_REORDERING], [ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [UE_POLL_PDU], [UE_POLL_BYTE], [UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [UE_TIMER_REORDERING], [UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [SN_FIELD_LENGTH];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI, AMD PDU retransmission count in the eNB and UE, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll triggering, Poll Retransmission timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Prohibit timer value can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

RLC_MODE

The mode information (AM/ UM) on RLC.

AM_RLC/UM_BI_RLC/ UM_UNI_DL_RLC/UM_UNI_UL_RLC/

NONE

AM_RL C

466

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

ENB_TIME R_POLL_R ETRANSMIT

The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.

ENB_POLL _PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

Unit

Default

ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms30/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms35/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms40/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms45/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms50/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms55/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms60/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms65/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms70/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms75/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms80/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms85/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms90/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms95/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms100/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms105/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms110/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms115/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms120/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms125/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms130/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms135/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms140/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms145/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms150/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms155/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms160/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms165/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms170/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms175/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms180/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms185/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms190/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms195/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms200/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms205/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms210/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms215/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms220/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms225/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms230/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms235/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms240/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms245/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms250/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms300/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms350/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms400/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms450/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms500/

NONE

ci_T_Po llRetran smit_ms 50

ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ci_p64/ ci_p128/ci_p256/ci_pInfinity/

NONE

ci_p16

467

Command Description

Parameter

Description

ENB_POLL _BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

ENB_MAX_ RETX_THR ESHOLD ENB_TIME R_REORDE RING

468

Range

Unit

Default

ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ci_kB100/ ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ ci_kB750/ci_kB1000/ci_kB1250/ ci_kB1500/ci_kB2000/ci_kB3000/ ci_kBinfinity/

NONE

ci_kB50

The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.

ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ci_t8/ci_t16/ ci_t32/

NONE

ci_t32

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ ci_T_Reordering_ms15/ ci_T_Reordering_ms20/ ci_T_Reordering_ms25/ ci_T_Reordering_ms30/ ci_T_Reordering_ms35/ ci_T_Reordering_ms40/ ci_T_Reordering_ms45/ ci_T_Reordering_ms50/ ci_T_Reordering_ms55/ ci_T_Reordering_ms60/ ci_T_Reordering_ms65/ ci_T_Reordering_ms70/ ci_T_Reordering_ms75/ ci_T_Reordering_ms80/ ci_T_Reordering_ms85/ ci_T_Reordering_ms90/ ci_T_Reordering_ms95/ ci_T_Reordering_ms100/ ci_T_Reordering_ms110/ ci_T_Reordering_ms120/ ci_T_Reordering_ms130/ ci_T_Reordering_ms140/ ci_T_Reordering_ms150/ ci_T_Reordering_ms160/ ci_T_Reordering_ms170/ ci_T_Reordering_ms180/ ci_T_Reordering_ms190/ ci_T_Reordering_ms200/

NONE

ci_T_Re ordering _ms40

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

ENB_TIME R_STATUS_ PROHIBIT

The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms25/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms30/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms35/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms40/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms45/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms50/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms55/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms60/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms65/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms70/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms75/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms80/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms85/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms90/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms95/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms100/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms105/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms110/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms115/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms120/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms125/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms130/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms135/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms140/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms145/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms150/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms155/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms160/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms165/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms170/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms175/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms180/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms185/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms190/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms195/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms200/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms205/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms210/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms215/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms220/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms225/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms230/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms235/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms240/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms245/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms250/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms300/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms350/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms400/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms450/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms500/

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_T_St atusPro hibit_ms 50

469

Command Description

Parameter

Description

UE_TIMER_ POLL_RET RANSMIT

The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.

UE_POLL_ PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

470

Range

Unit

Default

ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms30/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms35/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms40/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms45/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms50/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms55/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms60/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms65/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms70/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms75/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms80/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms85/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms90/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms95/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms100/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms105/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms110/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms115/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms120/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms125/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms130/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms135/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms140/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms145/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms150/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms155/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms160/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms165/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms170/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms175/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms180/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms185/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms190/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms195/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms200/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms205/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms210/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms215/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms220/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms225/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms230/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms235/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms240/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms245/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms250/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms300/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms350/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms400/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms450/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms500/

NONE

ci_T_Po llRetran smit_ms 50

ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ci_p64/ ci_p128/ci_p256/ci_pInfinity/

NONE

ci_p16

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

UE_POLL_ BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ci_kB100/ ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ ci_kB750/ci_kB1000/ci_kB1250/ ci_kB1500/ci_kB2000/ci_kB3000/ ci_kBinfinity/

NONE

ci_kB50

UE_MAX_R ETX_THRE SHOLD

The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.

ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ci_t8/ci_t16/ ci_t32/

NONE

ci_t32

UE_TIMER_ REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ ci_T_Reordering_ms15/ ci_T_Reordering_ms20/ ci_T_Reordering_ms25/ ci_T_Reordering_ms30/ ci_T_Reordering_ms35/ ci_T_Reordering_ms40/ ci_T_Reordering_ms45/ ci_T_Reordering_ms50/ ci_T_Reordering_ms55/ ci_T_Reordering_ms60/ ci_T_Reordering_ms65/ ci_T_Reordering_ms70/ ci_T_Reordering_ms75/ ci_T_Reordering_ms80/ ci_T_Reordering_ms85/ ci_T_Reordering_ms90/ ci_T_Reordering_ms95/ ci_T_Reordering_ms100/ ci_T_Reordering_ms110/ ci_T_Reordering_ms120/ ci_T_Reordering_ms130/ ci_T_Reordering_ms140/ ci_T_Reordering_ms150/ ci_T_Reordering_ms160/ ci_T_Reordering_ms170/ ci_T_Reordering_ms180/ ci_T_Reordering_ms190/ ci_T_Reordering_ms200/

NONE

ci_T_Re ordering _ms40

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

471

Command Description

Parameter

Description

UE_TIMER_ STATUS_P ROHIBIT

The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.

SN_FIELD_ LENGTH

The field size of UM sequence number.

472

Range

Unit

Default

ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms25/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms30/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms35/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms40/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms45/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms50/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms55/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms60/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms65/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms70/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms75/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms80/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms85/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms90/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms95/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms100/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms105/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms110/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms115/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms120/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms125/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms130/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms135/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms140/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms145/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms150/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms155/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms160/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms165/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms170/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms175/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms180/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms185/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms190/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms195/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms200/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms205/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms210/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms215/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms220/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms225/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms230/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms235/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms240/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms245/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms250/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms300/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms350/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms400/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms450/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms500/

NONE

ci_T_St atusPro hibit_ms 50

ci_size5/ci_size10/

NONE

ci_size1 0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

RLC_MODE

The mode information (AM/UM) on RLC.

ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMITThe timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. ENB_POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

ENB_POLL_BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. ENB_TIMER_REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBITThe timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. UE_POLL_PDU

The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.

UE_POLL_BYTE

The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.

UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD

The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.

UE_TIMER_REORDERING

The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.

UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. SN_FIELD_LENGTH

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The field size of UM sequence number.

473

Command Description

C2161 CHANGE PDCP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-PDCP-INF: QCI, [UM_SN_SIZE], [DISCARD_TIMER], [FWD_END_TIMER], [STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED];

Command Description Changes the parameter values of the PDCP protocol. This command can change the UM SN size, discard timer value, forward end timer value for each of 256 QoS classes. The changes do not affect the existing calls and are applied only to the new calls. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

UM_SN_SIZE

The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode. - ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127). - ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).

ci_len7bits/ci_len12bits/

NONE

ci_len12 bits

DISCARD_TIM ER

The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a specified period of time, the packet is discarded. - ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec. - ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled. (default).

ci_discardTimer_ms50/ ci_discardTimer_ms100 / ci_discardTimer_ms150 / ci_discardTimer_ms300 / ci_discardTimer_ms500 / ci_discardTimer_ms750 / ci_discardTimer_ms150 0/ ci_discardTimer_infinity /

NONE

ci_disca rdTimer _infinity

FWD_END_TI MER

A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.

10 ~ 1000

msec

200

STATUS_REPO RT_REQUIRED

This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.

False/True/

NONE

True

474

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

UM_SN_SIZE

DISCARD_TIMER

The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode. -

ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127).

-

ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).

The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a specified period of time, the packet is discarded. -

ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec.

-

ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.

(default). FWD_END_TIMER

A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.

STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.

475

Command Description

C2162 CHANGE GTP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-GTP-INF: [T3_TMR], [T3_TMR_LONG], [N3_REQUEST], [KEEP_ALIVE], [SNN], [ECN];

Command Description Changes the parameter values of the GTP protocol. The command can change use keep alive, the timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

T3_TMR

The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

0 ~ 60000

msec

5000

T3_TMR_LON G

The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

60000 ~ 600000

msec

60000

N3_REQUEST

The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

0 ~ 10

NONE

5

KEEP_ALIVE

Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent. - 0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent. - 1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).

0~1

NONE

1

SNN

Whether the GTP sequence number is used. - 0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used. - 1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.

0~1

NONE

1

476

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter ECN

Description

Range

Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is used. - 0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used. - 1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.

0~1

Unit NONE

Default 1

Output Parameter Description T3_TMR

The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

T3_TMR_LONG

The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

N3_REQUEST

The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.

KEEP_ALIVE

Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent.

SNN

ECN

-

0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent.

-

1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).

Whether the GTP sequence number is used. -

0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used.

-

1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.

Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is used.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used.

-

1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.

477

Command Description

C2163 CHANGE PCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PCCH-CONF: [DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE], [N_B];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system information, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DEFAULT_PAG ING_CYCLE

When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer, defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle.

ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf32/ ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf64/ ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf128/ ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf256/

msec

ci_defau ltPaging Cycle_rf 256

N_B

The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of defaultPagingCycle.

ci_fourT/ci_twoT/ ci_oneT/ci_halfT/ ci_quarterT/ ci_oneEightT/ ci_onSixteenthT/ ci_oneThirtySecondT/

NONE

ci_oneE ightT

Output Parameter Description DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE[msec] When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer, defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle. N_B

The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of defaultPagingCycle.

478

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2164 CHANGE PDSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PDSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [DL_POWER_OPTION], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmitting data can be set in PDSCH. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

DL_POWER_O PTION

The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is the same as that of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is two times as much as that of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID.

ci_pwrOpt_Same/ ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf/ ci_pwrOpt_Twice/ ci_pwrOpt_Half/ ci_pwrOpt_FortyHundre dth/ ci_pwrOpt_ThirtyThree Hundredth/ ci_pwrOpt_ThirtyTwoH undredth/ ci_pwrOpt_TwentyFive Hundredth/ ci_pwrOpt_TwentyHund redth/ ci_pwrOpt_SixteenHun dredth/ ci_pwrOpt_ThirteenHun dredth/

NONE

ci_pwrO pt_Half

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

DL_POWER_OPTION

The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

479

Command Description

grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is

the same as that of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid

is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is

two times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -

ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a

half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. FORCED_MODE

480

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2165 CHANGE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-PHICH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHICH_DURATION], [PHICH_RESOURCE], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB. This command can change PHICH duration and resource settings. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

PHICH_DURAT ION

The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is passed to PCFICH.

ci_normal/ci_extended/

NONE

ci_norm al

PHICH_RESO URCE

The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.

ci_oneSixth/ci_half/ ci_one/ci_two/

NONE

ci_one

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

PHICH_DURATION

The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is passed to PCFICH.

PHICH_RESOURCE

The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.

FORCED_MODE

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

481

Command Description

C2166 CHANGE PRACH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PRACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX], [HIGH_SPEED_FLAG], [ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG], [ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX], [PRACH_POSITION];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This command can change the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence index, and the zero correlation zone configuration. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

PRACH_CONFI G_INDEX

Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and interval.

0 ~ 63

NONE

3

HIGH_SPEED_ FLAG

Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE, an unrestricted set is used.

False/True/

NONE

False

ZERO_CORRE L_ZONE_CON FIG

The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble.

0 ~ 15

NONE

12

ROOT_SEQUE NCE_INDEX

The first logical root sequence index used to create a random preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring cells.

0 ~ 837

NONE

0

PRACH_POSIT ION

Provides information about PRACH position between two possible positions adjacent to PUCCH. 0: low position, 1: high position

0~1

NONE

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX

Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and interval.

482

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

HIGH_SPEED_FLAG

Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE, an unrestricted set is used.

ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble. ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX

The first logical root sequence index used to create a random preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring cells.

PRACH_POSITION

Provides information about PRACH position between two possible positions adjacent to PUCCH. 0: low position, 1: high position

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

483

Command Description

C2167 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PUSCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [N_SB], [HOPPING_MODE], [ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM], [GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED], [GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH], [SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLED];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. Information on whether the eNB can receive 64-QAM, and the hopping settings can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

N_SB

The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.

1~4

NONE

1

HOPPING_MO DE

Hopping mode. - ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping. - ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and

ci_interSubFrame/ ci_intraAndInterSubFra me/

NONE

ci_inter SubFrame

inter-subframe hopping. ENABLE_SIX_ FOUR_QAM

Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter value. - False: 64QAM is not applied. - True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.

False/True/

NONE

True

GROUP_HOPP ING_ENABLED

Whether to support group hopping. - False: Group hopping is not supported. - True: Group hopping is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

GROUP_ASSI GNMENT_PUS CH

The group assignment value in the PUSCH.

0 ~ 29

NONE

0

SEQUENCE_H OPPING_ENAB LED

Whether to support sequence hopping. - False: Sequence hopping is not supported. - True: Sequence hopping is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

484

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

N_SB

The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.

HOPPING_MODE

Hopping mode. -

ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping.

- ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra

ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM

and inter-subframe hopping.

Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter value.

GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED

GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH

-

False: 64QAM is not applied.

-

True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.

Whether to support group hopping. -

False: Group hopping is not supported.

-

True: Group hopping is supported.

The group assignment value in the PUSCH.

SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLEDWhether to support sequence hopping.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

False: Sequence hopping is not supported.

-

True: Sequence hopping is supported.

485

Command Description

C2168 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-RACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES], [SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_A], [MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A], [MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_B], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP], [PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWER], [PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX], [CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMER], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR], [MAX_HARQMSG3_TX];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The backoff indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3 HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated preambles, the power ramping step and the maximum number of transmission, and the number of preamble group A/B can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM

486

Description The cell number for which the command was executed.

Range 0~8

Unit NONE

Default 0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter NUMBER_OF_ RAPREAMBLES

Description The number of non-dedicated preambles.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n4/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n8/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n12/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n16/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n20/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n24/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n28/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n32/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n36/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n40/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n44/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n48/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n52/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n56/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n60/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n64/

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_numb erOfRA _Pream bles_n6 0

487

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SIZE_OF_RAP REAMBLES_G ROUP_A

The number of PreamblesGroup A.

ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n4/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n8/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n12/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n16/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n20/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n24/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n28/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n32/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n36/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n40/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n44/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n48/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n52/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n56/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n60/

NONE

ci_size OfRAPreamblesGro upA_n2 8

MESSAGE_SIZ E_GROUP_A

Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.

ci_messageSizeGroup A_b56/ ci_messageSizeGroup A_b144/ ci_messageSizeGroup A_b208/ ci_messageSizeGroup A_b256/

NONE

ci_mess ageSize GroupA _b56

MESSAGE_PO WER_OFFSET _GROUP_B

Standard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B.

ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_minusinfinity/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB0/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB5/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB8/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB10/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB12/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB15/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB18/

NONE

ci_mess agePowerOffsetGr oupB_d B0

488

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

POWER_RAM PING_STEP

Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.

ci_powerRampingSetup _dB0/ ci_powerRampingSetup _dB2/ ci_powerRampingSetup _dB4/ ci_powerRampingSetup _dB6/

NONE

ci_powe rRampin gSetup_ dB2

PREAMBLE_IN IT_RCV_TARG ET_POWER

The threshold used to set an initial-target receiving power of preambles.

ci_dBm-120/ci_dBm118/ci_dBm-116/ ci_dBm-114/ci_dBm112/ci_dBm-110/ ci_dBm-108/ci_dBm106/ci_dBm-104/ ci_dBm-102/ci_dBm100/ci_dBm-98/ ci_dBm-96/ci_dBm-94/ ci_dBm-92/ci_dBm-90/

NONE

ci_dBm108

PREAMBLE_T RANS_MAX

The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.

ci_PreambleTransMax_ n3/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n4/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n5/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n6/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n7/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n8/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n10/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n20/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n50/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n100/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n200/

NONE

ci_Prea mbleTra nsMax_ n10

CONTENTION_ RESOLUTION_ TIMER

Contention resolution timer.

ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf8/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf16/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf24/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf32/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf40/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf48/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf56/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf64/

NONE

ci_mac_ ContentionResolutionTi mer_sf4 8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

489

Command Description

Parameter BACKOFF_IND ICATOR_SETU P

Description

Range

Whether to use the backoff indicator. - ci_Config_Release: release. - ci_Config_Setup: setup.

Unit

Default

ci_Config_Release/ ci_Config_Setup/

NONE

ci_Confi g_Relea se

BACKOFF_IND ICATOR

The backoff parameter.

0 ~ 12

NONE

0

MAX_HARQMS G3_TX

The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3.

1~8

NONE

8

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES

The number of non-dedicated preambles.

SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_AThe number of PreamblesGroup A. MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A

Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.

MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_BStandard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B. POWER_RAMPING_STEP

Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.

PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWERThe threshold used to set an initial-target receiving power of preambles. PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX

The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.

CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMERContention resolution timer. BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP Whether to use the backoff indicator.

490

-

ci_Config_Release: release.

-

ci_Config_Setup: setup.

BACKOFF_INDICATOR

The backoff parameter.

MAX_HARQMSG3_TX

The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2169 CHANGE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TIME-ALIGN: CELL_NUM, [TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMON];

Command Description Changes the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

TIME_ALIGNM ENT_TIMER_C OMMON

The parameter used to adjust a period of time during which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.

ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf500/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf750/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf1280/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf1920/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf2560/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf5120/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf10240/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _infinity/

NONE

ci_time Alignme ntTimer _infinity

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMONThe parameter used to adjust a period of time during which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

491

Command Description

C2170 CHANGE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-SNDRS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SRS_USAGE], [ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSION];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can change whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported, whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

SRS_USAGE

Whether to use SRS. - CI_no_use: SRS is not used. - CI_use: SRS is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

ACK_NACK_S RS_SIMUL_TR ANSMISSION

Whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is supported. - False: Sounding RS is not transmitted. - True: Sounding RS is transmitted.

False/True/

NONE

True

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

SRS_USAGE

Whether to use SRS. -

CI_no_use: SRS is not used.

-

CI_use: SRS is used.

ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSIONWhether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is supported.

492

-

False: Sounding RS is not transmitted.

-

True: Sounding RS is transmitted.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2171 CHANGE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER Command Format CHG-PWR-PARA: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH], [ALPHA], [P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B], [DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3], [UL_TARGET_IOT], [UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The alpha value used in PUSCH Power Control, transmission power settings by PUCCH format, settings for the p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL IOT target value can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

P0_NOMINAL_ PUSCH

p0NominalPUSCH.

-126 ~ 24

NONE

-80

ALPHA

Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)

ci_al0/ci_al04/ci_al05/ ci_al06/ci_al07/ci_al08/ ci_al09/ci_al1/

NONE

ci_al08

P0_NOMINAL_ PUCCH

p0Nominal PUCCH.

-127 ~ -96

NONE

-112

DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT1

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1.

ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1_deltaF2/

NONE

ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat1_d eltaF0

DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT1_B

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1b.

ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1b_deltaF1/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1b_deltaF3/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1b_deltaF5/

NONE

ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat1b_ deltaF1

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

493

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT2

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2.

ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF1/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF2/

NONE

ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat2_d eltaF2

DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT2_A

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2a.

ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2a_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2a_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2a_deltaF2/

NONE

ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat2a_ deltaF2

DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT2_B

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2b.

ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2b_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2b_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2b_deltaF2/

NONE

ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat2b_ deltaF2

DELTA_PREAM BLE_MSG3

deltaPreambleMsg3.

-1 ~ 6

NONE

2

UL_TARGET_I OT

The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.

1 ~ 128

0.25dB

32

UL_IOI_THRES HOLD_STEP

The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled up 4 times in dB area.

1 ~ 128

0.25dB

2

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH

p0NominalPUSCH.

ALPHA

Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)

P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH

p0Nominal PUCCH.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1b.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2.

494

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2a.

DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B

The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2b.

DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3

deltaPreambleMsg3.

UL_TARGET_IOT

The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.

UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP

The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled up 4 times in dB area.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

495

Command Description

C2172 CHANGE BCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-BCCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFF];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing system information. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

MODIFICATION _PERIOD_COE FF

The number of times to determine whether the system information saved is valid ID.

ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n2/ ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n4/ ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n8/ ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n16/

NONE

ci_modif icationPeriodC oeff_n4

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFFThe number of times to determine whether the system information saved is valid ID.

496

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2173 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-PUSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CYCLIC_SHIFT], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be changed. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

CYCLIC_SHIFT

The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.

0~7

NONE

0

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

CYCLIC_SHIFT

The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.

FORCED_MODE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

497

Command Description

C2174 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-RACH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];

Command Description Change RACH(Random Access Channel) Configuration. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

RA_RESPONS E_WINDOW_SI ZE

The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response.

ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf2/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf3/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf4/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf5/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf6/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf7/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf8/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf10/

NONE

ci_ra_R esponseWind owSize_ sf7

FORCED_MOD E

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response. FORCED_MODE

498

This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2175 CHANGE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CQI-REP: TRANSMISSION_MODE, [WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate CQI reporting. It can set whether to operate Wideband CQI or both of Wideband CQI and Subband CQI per DL transmission mode. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

TRANSMISSIO N_MODE

Transmission mode. - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A is used. - ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A is used. - ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used. - ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A is used. - ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port

Unit

Default

ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/ ci_tm7/ci_tm8/

NONE

ci_tm1

ci_WideBand/ ci_SubBand/

NONE

ci_Wide Band

8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used. WIDE_SUBBA ND_SELECT

Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. - ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only. - ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.

Output Parameter Description TRANSMISSION_MODE

Transmission mode. -

ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is

used. -

ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used.

- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

499

Command Description

is used. - ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A

is used. -

ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.

-

ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A

is used. -

ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is

used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or

1A is used. WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT

500

Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. -

ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only.

-

ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2176 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-PUSCH: CELL_NUM, [BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX], [BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX], [BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate the dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe as PUSCH. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

BETA_OFFSET _ACKINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.

0 ~ 15

NONE

8

BETA_OFFSET _RIINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.

0 ~ 15

NONE

5

BETA_OFFSET _CQIINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.

0 ~ 15

NONE

11

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.

BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.

BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX

The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

501

Command Description

C2177 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-SPS: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENT], [P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL], [TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DL], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_UL];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Semi Persist Scheduling (SPS). This command can retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

P0_NOMIN AL_PUSCH PERSISTENT

SPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm.

-126 ~ 24

NONE

-80

P0_UEPUS CHPERSISTENT

SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per UE. The value is in dB.

-8 ~ 7

NONE

0

502

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_TBS_DL

Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_120/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_136/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_152/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_176/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_208/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_224/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_296/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_328/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_376/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_392/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_408/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_424/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_440/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_456/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_472/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_488/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_504/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_536/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_552/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_584/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_600/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_616/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_680/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_712/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_744/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_776/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_808/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_840/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_872/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_904/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_936/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1000/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1032/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1128/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1192/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1352/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1416/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1544/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1736/

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_dl_rb 2_tbs0

503

Command Description

Parameter

Description

SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_TBS_UL

Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS

TWO_INTE RVALS_CO NFIG

Unit

Default

ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_120/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_136/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_152/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_176/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_208/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_224/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_296/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_328/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_376/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_392/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_408/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_424/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_440/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_456/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_472/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_488/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_504/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_536/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_552/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_584/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_600/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_616/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_680/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_712/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_744/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_776/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_808/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_840/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_872/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_904/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_936/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1000/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1032/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1128/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1192/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1352/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1416/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1544/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1736/

NONE

ci_ul_rb 2_tbs0

Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL. - ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used. - ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.

ci_false/ci_true/

NONE

ci_true

SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_MAXNU MBER_OF_ RB_DL

Provide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS

1 ~ 64

NONE

12

SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_MAXNU MBER_OF_ RB_UL

Provide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS

1 ~ 64

NONE

12

504

Range

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENTSPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm. P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT

SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per UE. The value is in dB.

SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG

Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL. -

ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used.

-

ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.

SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DLProvide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_ULProvide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

505

Command Description

C2178 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-SR: CELL_NUM, [DSR_TRANS_MAX];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Scheduling Request (SR). The UE's maximum transmission number of a scheduling request can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

DSR_TRANS_ MAX

The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.

ci_dsr_TransMax_n4/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n8/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n16/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n32/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n64/

NONE

ci_dsr_ TransM ax_n64

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

DSR_TRANS_MAX

The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.

506

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2179 CHANGE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-ULPWR-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [P0_UE_PUSCH], [DELTA_MCSENABLED], [ACCUMULATION_ENABLED], [P0_UE_PUCCH], [P_SRSOFFSET], [FILTER_COEFFICIENT];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The p0 value per UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, whether the accumulation mode is used by TPC, the power offsets of PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient value used by the UE to calculate a path loss can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

P0_UE_PUSC H

The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power control, which is determined per UE.

-8 ~ 7

NONE

0

DELTA_MCSE NABLED

Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs. - ci_en0: 0. - ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.

ci_en0/ci_en1/

NONE

ci_en0

ACCUMULATIO N_ENABLED

Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the TPC. - 0: Accumulation mode is not used. - 1: Accumulation mode is used.

0~1

NONE

1

P0_UE_PUCC H

P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined per UE.

-8 ~ 7

NONE

0

P_SRSOFFSE T

The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.

0 ~ 15

NONE

7

FILTER_COEF FICIENT

Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate a path loss.

ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/

NONE

ci_fc4

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

507

Command Description

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

P0_UE_PUSCH

The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power control, which is determined per UE.

DELTA_MCSENABLED

ACCUMULATION_ENABLED

Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs. -

ci_en0: 0.

-

ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.

Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the TPC.

P0_UE_PUCCH

-

0: Accumulation mode is not used.

-

1: Accumulation mode is used.

P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined per UE.

P_SRSOFFSET

The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.

FILTER_COEFFICIENT

Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate a path loss.

508

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2180 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-ULSRS: CELL_NUM, [SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH], [DURATION];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping bandwidth of the SRS and the transmission duration of the SRS can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

SRS_HOPPIN G_BANDWIDT H

The area where Sounding RS is hopped.

ci_hbw0/ci_hbw1/ ci_hbw2/ci_hbw3/

NONE

ci_hbw0

DURATION

The transmission duration of Sounding RS. - 0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once. - 1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.

0~1

NONE

1

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH

The area where Sounding RS is hopped.

DURATION

The transmission duration of Sounding RS.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once.

-

1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.

509

Command Description

C2181 CHANGE DPHY RLF INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-RLF: QCI, [DEDICATED_RLFSETUP], [T301], [T310], [N310], [T311], [N311];

Command Description Changes the information on the dedicated PHY RLF. The parameter value used to determine RLF can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

DEDICATED_R LFSETUP

Whether the dedicated RLF is used. - ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used. - ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.

ci_Config_Release/ ci_Config_Setup/

NONE

ci_Confi g_Relea se

T301

Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.

ci_t_301_ms100/ ci_t_301_ms200/ ci_t_301_ms300/ ci_t_301_ms400/ ci_t_301_ms600/ ci_t_301_ms1000/ ci_t_301_ms1500/ ci_t_301_ms2000/

NONE

ci_t_301 _ms200 0

T310

Timer t310 of a cell in the eNB.

ci_t_310_ms0/ ci_t_310_ms50/ ci_t_310_ms100/ ci_t_310_ms200/ ci_t_310_ms500/ ci_t_310_ms1000/ ci_t_310_ms2000/

NONE

ci_t_310 _ms200 0

N310

N310 value of a cell in the eNB.

ci_n_310_n1/ ci_n_310_n2/ ci_n_310_n3/ ci_n_310_n4/ ci_n_310_n6/ ci_n_310_n8/ ci_n_310_n10/ ci_n_310_n20/

NONE

ci_n_31 0_n10

510

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

T311

Timer t311 of a cell in the eNB.

ci_t_311_ms1000/ ci_t_311_ms3000/ ci_t_311_ms5000/ ci_t_311_ms10000/ ci_t_311_ms15000/ ci_t_311_ms20000/ ci_t_311_ms30000/

NONE

ci_t_311 _ms100 0

N311

N311 value of a cell in the eNB.

ci_n_311_n1/ ci_n_311_n2/ ci_n_311_n3/ ci_n_311_n4/ ci_n_311_n5/ ci_n_311_n6/ ci_n_311_n8/ ci_n_311_n10/

NONE

ci_n_31 1_n1

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

DEDICATED_RLFSETUP

Whether the dedicated RLF is used. -

ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used.

-

ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.

T301

Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.

T310

Timer t310 of a cell in the eNB.

N310

N310 value of a cell in the eNB.

T311

Timer t311 of a cell in the eNB.

N311

N311 value of a cell in the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

511

Command Description

C2182 CHANGE DRX INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DRX-INF: QCI, [DRX_CONFIG_SETUP], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMAL], [LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMAL], [SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP], [SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL], [DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_SELECTION_ORDER], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGI], [SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGI];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the DRX. Information on whether to use the DRX, the longDRX cycle, whether to use the short DRX, and the short DRX cycle can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

DRX_CONFIG_ SETUP

Whether to use the DRX. - ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used. - ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is

ci_Drx_Config_Release /ci_Drx_Config_Setup/ ci_Drx_Config_reportC GI/

NONE

ci_Drx_ Config_ Release

used in normal status and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. - ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status.

512

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

ON_DURATION _TIMER_NOR MAL

Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.

ci_onDurationTimer_psf 1/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 2/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 3/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 4/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 5/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 6/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 8/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 10/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 20/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 30/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 40/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 50/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 60/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 80/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 100/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 200/

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_onDu rationTi mer_psf 10

513

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

DRX_INACTIVI TY_TIMER_NO RMAL

Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms

ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf3/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf4/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf5/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf6/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf8/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf10/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf20/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf30/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf40/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf50/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf60/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf80/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf100/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf200/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf300/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf500/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf750/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1280/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1920/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2560/

514

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_drx_I nactivity Timer_p sf100

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

DRX_RETRAN SMISSION_TIM ER_NORMAL

The timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33}

ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf1/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf2/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf4/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf6/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf8/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf16/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf24/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf33/

NONE

ci_drx_ Retrans mission Timer_s f16

LONG_DRXCY CLE_START_O FFSET_TYPE_ NORMAL

The long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRXCycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms

ci_sf10_chosen/ ci_sf20_chosen/ ci_sf32_chosen/ ci_sf40_chosen/ ci_sf64_chosen/ ci_sf80_chosen/ ci_sf128_chosen/ ci_sf160_chosen/ ci_sf256_chosen/ ci_sf320_chosen/ ci_sf512_chosen/ ci_sf640_chosen/ ci_sf1024_chosen/ ci_sf1280_chosen/ ci_sf2048_chosen/ ci_sf2560_chosen/

NONE

ci_sf160 _chosen

SHORT_DRXC ONFIG_SETUP

Short DRX mode. - ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used. - ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.

ci_Config_Release/ ci_Config_Setup/

NONE

ci_Confi g_Relea se

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

515

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SHORT_DRXC YCLE_NORMA L

The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms

ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 6/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 2/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf4 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 4/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 28/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 60/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 56/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 20/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 12/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 40/

NONE

ci_short DRX_C ycle_sf8 0

DRX_SHORT_ CYCLE_TIMER _NORMAL

The timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status.

1 ~ 16

NONE

4

DRX_SELECTI ON_ORDER

Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.

0 ~ 15

NONE

9

516

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

ON_DURATION _TIMER_REPO RT_CGI

Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.

ci_onDurationTimer_psf 1/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 2/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 3/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 4/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 5/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 6/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 8/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 10/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 20/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 30/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 40/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 50/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 60/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 80/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 100/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 200/

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_onDu rationTi mer_psf 10

517

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

DRX_INACTIVI TY_TIMER_RE PORT_CGI

Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms

ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf3/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf4/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf5/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf6/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf8/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf10/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf20/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf30/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf40/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf50/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf60/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf80/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf100/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf200/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf300/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf500/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf750/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1280/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1920/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2560/

518

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_drx_I nactivity Timer_p sf100

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

DRX_RETRAN SMISSION_TIM ER_REPORT_ CGI

The timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33}

LONG_DRXCY CLE_START_O FFSET_TYPE_ REPORT_CGI

The long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRXCycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf1/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf2/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf4/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf6/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf8/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf16/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf24/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf33/

NONE

ci_drx_ Retrans mission Timer_s f16

ci_sf10_chosen/ ci_sf20_chosen/ ci_sf32_chosen/ ci_sf40_chosen/ ci_sf64_chosen/ ci_sf80_chosen/ ci_sf128_chosen/ ci_sf160_chosen/ ci_sf256_chosen/ ci_sf320_chosen/ ci_sf512_chosen/ ci_sf640_chosen/ ci_sf1024_chosen/ ci_sf1280_chosen/ ci_sf2048_chosen/ ci_sf2560_chosen/

NONE

ci_sf160 _chosen

519

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

SHORT_DRXC YCLE_REPOR T_CGI

The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms

ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 6/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 2/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf4 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 4/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 28/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 60/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 56/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 20/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 12/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 40/

NONE

ci_short DRX_C ycle_sf8 0

DRX_SHORT_ CYCLE_TIMER _REPORT_CGI

The timer used to enter long DRX mode in reportCGI status.

1 ~ 16

NONE

4

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

DRX_CONFIG_SETUP

Whether to use the DRX. -

ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used.

-

ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is used in normal sta-

tus and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. -

ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and

reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for

520

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms. DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMALThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP

SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL

Short DRX mode. -

ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used.

-

ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.

The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms

DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status. DRX_SELECTION_ORDER

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.

521

Command Description

ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms. DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH subframes: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGIThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a subframe. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL subframe can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGIThe short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in reportCGI status.

522

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2183 CHANGE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [DL_MIMO_MODE], [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];

Command Description Changes the configuration information of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. Fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

DL_MIMO_MO DE

DL MIMO parameters. 0(SM/MU-MIMO disable), 1(SM enable), 2(MU_MIMO enable), 3(Test Mode: CL-SM default mode), 4(Test Mode: CL-Rank1-Precoding default mode), 5(Test Mode: OL-TxD default mode), 6(Test Mode: OL-SM default mode), 7(Test Mode: Dual-layer transmission default mode), 8(Beamforming enable), 9(Dual-layer beamforming enable), 10(reserved)

0 ~ 10

NONE

9

ALPHA

Fairness weight in PF scheduler.

0 ~ 15

NONE

1

BETA

Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.

0 ~ 15

NONE

1

GAMMA

Priority weight in PF scheduler.

0 ~ 15

NONE

4

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

DL_MIMO_MODE

DL MIMO parameters. 0(SM/MU-MIMO disable), 1(SM enable), 2(MU_MIMO enable), 3(Test Mode: CL-SM default mode), 4(Test Mode: CL-Rank1-Precoding default mode), 5(Test Mode: OL-TxD default mode), 6(Test Mode: OL-SM default mode), 7(Test Mode: Dual-layer transmission default mode), 8(Beamforming enable), 9(Dual-layer beamforming

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

523

Command Description

enable), 10(reserved)

524

ALPHA

Fairness weight in PF scheduler.

BETA

Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.

GAMMA

Priority weight in PF scheduler.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2184 CHANGE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];

Command Description Changes the configuration information of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. Fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

ALPHA

Fairness weight in PF scheduler.

0 ~ 15

NONE

1

BETA

Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.

0 ~ 15

NONE

1

GAMMA

Priority weight in PF scheduler.

0 ~ 15

NONE

4

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

ALPHA

Fairness weight in PF scheduler.

BETA

Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.

GAMMA

Priority weight in PF scheduler.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

525

Command Description

C2185 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TRCH-BSR: QCI, [PERIODIC_BSRTIMER], [RETX_BSRTIMER];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the Transport Channel BSR. BSR-related timer values can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI

526

Description QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

Range 0 ~ 255

Unit NONE

Default 0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PERIODIC_BS RTIMER

The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf5/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf10/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf16/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf20/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf32/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf40/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf64/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf80/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf128/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf160/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf320/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf640/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf1280/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf2560/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ infinity/

NONE

ci_perio dicBSR _Timer_ sf5

RETX_BSRTIM ER

The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf32 0/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf64 0/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf12 80/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf25 60/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf51 20/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf10 240/

NONE

ci_retxB SR_Tim er_sf32 0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

PERIODIC_BSRTIMER

The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

527

Command Description

RETX_BSRTIMER

The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

528

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2186 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TRCH-INF: CELL_NUM, [MAX_HARQTX], [TTI_BUNDLING], [TTI_BUNDLING_BAND], [PERIODIC_PHRTIMER], [DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE], [MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING];

Command Description Changes the information required to operate transport channels. The maximum UL HARQ retransmission count, whether to use TTI bundling, the TTI bundling band, the PHR transmission interval, and the dlPathlossChange value can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

MAX_HARQTX

The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retransmission in accordance with this parameter value.

ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n1/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n2/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n3/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n4/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n5/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n6/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n7/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n8/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n10/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n12/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n16/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n20/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n24/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n28/

NONE

ci_max HARQ_ Tx_n5

TTI_BUNDLIN G

Whether to use TTI bundling. - False: ttiBundling is not used. - True: ttiBundling is used.

False/True/

NONE

False

TTI_BUNDLIN G_BAND

The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.

0 ~ 100

NONE

100

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

529

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PERIODIC_PH RTIMER

periodicPHRTimer per cell.

ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf10/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf20/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf50/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf100/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf200/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf500/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf1000/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ infinity/

NONE

ci_perio dicPHR _Timer_ sf100

DL_PATHLOSS _CHANGE

The dLPathloss Change value per cell.

ci_dl_PathlossChange_ dB1/ ci_dl_PathlossChange_ dB3/ ci_dl_PathlossChange_ dB6/ ci_dl_PathlossChange_ infinity/

NONE

ci_dl_P athloss Change _dB6

MAX_HARQTX _BUNDLING

The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bundling mode.

ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n1/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n2/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n3/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n4/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n5/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n6/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n7/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n8/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n10/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n12/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n16/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n20/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n24/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n28/

NONE

ci_max HARQ_ Tx_n20

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

MAX_HARQTX

The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retransmission in accordance with this parameter value.

TTI_BUNDLING

TTI_BUNDLING_BAND

Whether to use TTI bundling. -

False: ttiBundling is not used.

-

True: ttiBundling is used.

The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.

530

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

PERIODIC_PHRTIMER

periodicPHRTimer per cell.

DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE

The dLPathloss Change value per cell.

MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING

The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bundling mode.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

531

Command Description

C2187 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [PRIORITY], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE], [T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE], [S_INTRA_SEARCH], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE], [MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH], [PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1], [NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG], [Q_OFFSET_FREQ], [OFFSET_FREQ], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGE], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9], [MCC0], [MNC0], [PREFERENCE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [PREFERENCE1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [PREFERENCE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [PREFERENCE3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [PREFERENCE4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [PREFERENCE5];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA Priority Information. When the Cell Num and fa Index parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRA FA information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

0~7

NONE

0

STATUS

Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

EQUIP

EARFCN_UL

Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

19600

EARFCN_DL

Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

1600

PRIORITY

Priority of EUTRA FA.

0~7

NONE

7

Q_RX_LEV_MI N

The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

-70 ~ -22

dBm

-59

532

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

P_MAX_USAG E

Whether to use pMax. - CI_no_use: pMax value is not used. - CI_use: pMax value is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

P_MAX

The maximum TX power level in the UE.

-30 ~ 33

dBm

0

T_RESELECTI ON

Reselection timer value.

0~7

sec

1

Whether to use scaling factors.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

SF_USAGE

- CI_no_use:

T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used. - CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used. T_RESELECTI ON_SF_MEDIU M

The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors.

ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/

NONE

ci_1Dot 0

T_RESELECTI ON_SF_HIGH

The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.

ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/

NONE

ci_1Dot 0

S_INTRA_SEA RCH_USAGE

Whether to use sIntraSearch. - CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

S_INTRA_SEA RCH

The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.

0 ~ 31

dB

26

S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_US AGE

Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. - CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH

The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.

0 ~ 31

dB

26

THRESH_SER VING_LOW

The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection evaluation.

0 ~ 31

dB

1

THRESH_XHIG H

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

THRESH_XLO W

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

MESA_BANDW IDTH_USAGE

Whether to use measurementBandwidth. - CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used. - CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_use

MEASUREMEN T_BANDWIDT H

The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier frequency.

ci_mbw6/ci_mbw15/ ci_mbw25/ci_mbw50/ ci_mbw75/ci_mbw100/

NONE

ci_mbw 6

PRESENCE_A NT_PORT1

Whether Antenna Port1 exists. - False: Antenna Port1 does not exist. - True: Antenna Port1 exists.

False/True/

NONE

1

NEIGH_CELL_ CONFIG

The neighboring cell settings.

0~3

NONE

1

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

533

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Q_OFFSET_FR EQ

Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.

ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/

dB

ci_dB0

OFFSET_FRE Q

Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration.

ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/

dB

ci_dB0

S_INTRA_SEA RCH_REL9_US AGE

Whether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

- CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.

CI_no_u se

S_INTRA_SEA RCH_P

The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

S_INTRA_SEA RCH_Q

The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_RE L9_USAGE

Whether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9. - CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_P

The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intrafrequency measurement.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_Q

The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intrafrequency measurement.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

Q_QUAL_MIN_ REL9_USAGE

Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. - CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used. - CI_use: qQualMin is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

Q_QUAL_MIN_ REL9

qQualMin value for Rel-9.

-34 ~ -3

NONE

-3

THRESH_SER VING_LOW_Q REL9_USAGE

Whether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9. - CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used. - CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

534

Unit

Default

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

THRESH_SER VING_LOW_Q REL9

threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

THRESH_XHIG H_QREL9

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

THRESH_XLO W_QREL9

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

31

MCC0

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0

3

NONE

450

MNC0

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0

3

NONE

08

PREFERENCE 0

Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.

not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/

NONE

preferre d_prefer

MCC1

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1

3

NONE

FFF

MNC1

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1

3

NONE

FFF

PREFERENCE 1

Preference of PLMN #1 for FA.

not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/

NONE

not_allo wed_pr efer

MCC2

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2

3

NONE

FFF

MNC2

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2

3

NONE

FFF

PREFERENCE 2

Preference of PLMN #2 for FA.

not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/

NONE

not_allo wed_pr efer

MCC3

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3

3

NONE

FFF

MNC3

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3

3

NONE

FFF

PREFERENCE 3

Preference of PLMN #3 for FA.

not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/

NONE

not_allo wed_pr efer

MCC4

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4

3

NONE

FFF

MNC4

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4

3

NONE

FFF

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

535

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PREFERENCE 4

Preference of PLMN #4 for FA.

not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/

NONE

not_allo wed_pr efer

MCC5

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5

3

NONE

FFF

MNC5

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5

3

NONE

FFF

PREFERENCE 5

Preference of PLMN #5 for FA.

not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/

NONE

not_allo wed_pr efer

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.

STATUS

Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. -

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

EARFCN_UL

Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

EARFCN_DL

Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

PRIORITY

Priority of EUTRA FA.

Q_RX_LEV_MIN

The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

P_MAX_USAGE

Whether to use pMax. -

CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.

-

CI_use: pMax value is used.

P_MAX

The maximum TX power level in the UE.

T_RESELECTION

Reselection timer value.

SF_USAGE

Whether to use scaling factors. -

CI_no_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used.

536

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

-

CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used. T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors. T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH

The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE

Whether to use sIntraSearch.

S_INTRA_SEARCH

-

CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.

The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. -

CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH

The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.

THRESH_SERVING_LOW

The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection evaluation.

THRESH_XHIGH

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.

THRESH_XLOW

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.

MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE

Whether to use measurementBandwidth. -

CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used.

-

CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.

MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier frequency. PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1

Whether Antenna Port1 exists. -

False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.

-

True: Antenna Port1 exists.

NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG

The neighboring cell settings.

Q_OFFSET_FREQ

Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

537

Command Description

OFFSET_FREQ

Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9. -

CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_P

The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q

The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P

-

CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.

-

CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.

The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q

The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.

Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE

Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9

Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. -

CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used.

-

CI_use: qQualMin is used.

qQualMin value for Rel-9.

THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGEWhether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9. -

CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used.

-

CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.

THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9. THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.

THRESH_XLOW_QREL9

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.

MCC0

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0

538

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

MNC0

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0

PREFERENCE0

Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.

MCC1

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1

MNC1

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1

PREFERENCE1

Preference of PLMN #1 for FA.

MCC2

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2

MNC2

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2

PREFERENCE2

Preference of PLMN #2 for FA.

MCC3

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3

MNC3

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3

PREFERENCE3

Preference of PLMN #3 for FA.

MCC4

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4

MNC4

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4

PREFERENCE4

Preference of PLMN #4 for FA.

MCC5

Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

539

Command Description

Preference5 for PLMN#5 MNC5

MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5

PREFERENCE5

540

Preference of PLMN #5 for FA.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2188 CHANGE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-MEAS-FUNC: CELL_NUM, [S_MEASURE], [SF_USAGE], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUM], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH];

Command Description Changes the measurement information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the Cell Num parameter value is set as an input value, the Meas Config information for the specified cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

S_MEASURE

The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to control measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.

0 ~ 97

dBm

80

SF_USAGE

Whether to use scaling factors. - CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used. - CI_use: Scaling factor is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

TIME_TO_TRI GGER_SF_ME DIUM

SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/

NONE

ci_1Dot 0

TIME_TO_TRI GGER_SF_HIG H

SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a high speed. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/

NONE

ci_1Dot 0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

541

Command Description

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

S_MEASURE

The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to control measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.

SF_USAGE

Whether to use scaling factors. -

CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.

-

CI_use: Scaling factor is used.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUMSpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a high speed.

542

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2189 CHANGE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-MSGAP-INF: [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RAT], [GAP_USE_FOR_ANR], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR];

Command Description Changes the measurement gap information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the DB Index parameter value is entered as an input value, the gap patterns for Inter FA, Inter RAT, and ANR for the specified DB can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

GAP_PATTERN _FOR_INTER_ FA

Measurement gap pattern used for interfrequency measurement. The default is gapPattern0. - gapPattern0: 0-39. - gapPattern1: 0-79.

gapPattern0/ gapPattern1/

NONE

gapPatt ern0

GAP_PATTERN _FOR_INTER_ RAT

The measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern0. - gapPattern0: 0-39. - gapPattern1: 0-79.

gapPattern0/ gapPattern1/

NONE

gapPatt ern0

GAP_USE_FO R_ANR

Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR function. The default is False. - False: Measurement gap is not used. - True: Measurement gap is used.

False/True/

NONE

False

GAP_PATTERN _FOR_ANR

The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0. - gapPattern0: 0-39. - gapPattern1: 0-79.

gapPattern0/ gapPattern1/

NONE

gapPatt ern0

Output Parameter Description GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA Measurement gap pattern used for inter-frequency measurement. The default is gapPattern0. -

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

gapPattern0: 0-39.

543

Command Description

-

gapPattern1: 0-79.

GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RATThe measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern0.

GAP_USE_FOR_ANR

-

gapPattern0: 0-39.

-

gapPattern1: 0-79.

Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR function. The default is False.

GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR

-

False: Measurement gap is not used.

-

True: Measurement gap is used.

The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0.

544

-

gapPattern0: 0-39.

-

gapPattern1: 0-79.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2190 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [UARFCN_UL], [UARFCN_DL], [PRIORITY], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_UTRA], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [OFFSET_FREQ], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9];

Command Description Changes the UTRA FA priority information. When the Cell Num and fa Index parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN FA information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.

0~5

NONE

0

STATUS

Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

EQUIP

DUPLEX_TYPE

The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

ci_FDD/ci_TDD/

NONE

ci_FDD

UARFCN_UL

Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

0 ~ 16383

NONE

9862

UARFCN_DL

Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

0 ~ 16383

NONE

10812

PRIORITY

Priority information on the UTRA FA.

0~7

NONE

4

THRESH_XHIG H

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.

0 ~ 31

dB

0

THRESH_XLO W

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.

0 ~ 31

dB

0

Q_RX_LEV_MI N

The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

-60 ~ -13

dBm

-54

P_MAX_UTRA

The maximum RF output power in the UE.

-50 ~ 33

dBm

0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

545

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

Q_QUAL_MIN

The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.

-24 ~ 0

dB

-20

OFFSET_FRE Q

The offset applied to UTRA carrier frequency.

-15 ~ 15

dBm

0

THRESH_XHIG H_QREL9

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

0

THRESH_XLO W_QREL9

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.

0 ~ 31

dB

0

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

FA_INDEX

EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.

STATUS

Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.

DUPLEX_TYPE

-

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. -

ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

-

ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

UARFCN_UL

Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

UARFCN_DL

Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.

PRIORITY

Priority information on the UTRA FA.

THRESH_XHIGH

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.

THRESH_XLOW

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.

546

Q_RX_LEV_MIN

The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

P_MAX_UTRA

The maximum RF output power in the UE.

Q_QUAL_MIN

The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

OFFSET_FREQ

The offset applied to UTRA carrier frequency.

THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9

The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.

THRESH_XLOW_QREL9

The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

547

Command Description

C2193 CHANGE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the EUTRA A1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A1 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap. - ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A1PurposeMeasGap Deact/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A1Pu rposeMeasGapDea ct

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use Event A1. - Inactive: Event A1 is not used. - Active: Event A1 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

A1_THRESHO LD_RSRP

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.

0 ~ 97

dBm

35

A1_THRESHO LD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.

0 ~ 34

dB

32

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

548

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

ms

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrp

REPORT_QUA NTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/

NONE

ci_both

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A1.

1~8

NONE

8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

549

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

ms

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A1.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r8

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap.

ACTIVE_STATE

A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP

-

ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.

-

ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use Event A1. -

Inactive: Event A1 is not used.

-

Active: Event A1 is used.

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.

550

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A1.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A1.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

551

Command Description

C2194 CHANGE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A2CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the EUTRA A2 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A2 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. - ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap. - ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion. -ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A2PurposeMeasGap Act/ ci_A2PurposeRedirecti on/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A2Pu rposeMeasGapAct

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use the Event A2. - Inactive: Event A2 is not used. - Active: Event A2 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

1

A2_THRESHO LD_RSRP

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.

0 ~ 97

dBm

24

A2_THRESHO LD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.

0 ~ 34

dB

32

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A2.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

552

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

ms

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrp

REPORT_QUA NTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A2. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/

NONE

ci_both

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A2.

1~8

NONE

8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

553

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A2.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

ms

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A2.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r8

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. -

ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.

-

ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.

-ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: -

ACTIVE_STATE

A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP

554

Reserved.

ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use the Event A2. -

Inactive: Event A2 is not used.

-

Active: Event A2 is used.

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report trig-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

gering condition for Event A2. A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A2.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A2. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A2.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A2.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A2.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

555

Command Description

C2195 CHANGE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A3CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A3_OFFSET], [A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the EUTRA A3 criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A3 event report information registered to the specified EUTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC. - ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A3PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A3PurposeReportStr ongestCells/ ci_A3PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A3Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use Event A3. - Inactive: Event A3 is not used. - Active: Event A3 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Active

A3_OFFSET

RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A3.

-30 ~ 30

dB

6

A3_REPORT_ ON_LEAVE

Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met. - False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is not report when the leaving condition is met (default). - True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE shall report when the leaving condition is met.

False/True/

NONE

False

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A3.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

556

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A3. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

ms

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms1 00

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A3. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrq

REPORT_QUA NTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A3. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/

NONE

ci_same AsTriggerQuantity

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A3.

1~8

NONE

8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

557

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A3.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

ms

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A3.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r8

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.

ACTIVE_STATE

A3_OFFSET

-

ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.

-

ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

-

ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use Event A3. -

Inactive: Event A3 is not used.

-

Active: Event A3 is used.

RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A3.

558

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE

Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met. - False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is

not report when the leaving condition is met (default). -

True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE

shall report when the leaving condition is met. HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A3.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A3. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A3. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A3. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A3.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A3.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A3.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

559

Command Description

C2196 CHANGE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A4CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the EUTRA A4 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A4 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A4PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A4Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use Event A4. - Inactive: Event A4 is not used. - Active: Event A4 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

A4_THRESHO LD_RSRP

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.

0 ~ 97

dBm

35

A4_THRESHO LD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.

0 ~ 34

dB

32

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A4.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

560

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A4. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

ms

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A4. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrp

REPORT_QUA NTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A4. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/

NONE

ci_both

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A4.

1~8

NONE

8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

561

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A4.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

ms

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A4.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r8

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.

ACTIVE_STATE

A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP

-

ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.

-

ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use Event A4. -

Inactive: Event A4 is not used.

-

Active: Event A4 is used.

RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.

562

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A4.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A4. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A4. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A4. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A4.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A4.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A4.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

563

Command Description

C2197 CHANGE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A5CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP], [A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the EUTRA A5 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A5 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use. - ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_A5PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_A5Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use the Event A5. - Inactive: Event A5 is not used. - Active: Event A5 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

A5_THRESHO LD1_RSRP

RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

0 ~ 97

dBm

35

A5_THRESHO LD2_RSRP

RSRP threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

0 ~ 97

dBm

35

A5_THRESHO LD1_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

0 ~ 34

dB

32

A5_THRESHO LD2_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

0 ~ 34

dB

32

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A5.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

564

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A5. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

ms

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A5. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrp

REPORT_QUA NTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A5. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/

NONE

ci_both

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A5.

1~8

NONE

8

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Unit

Default

565

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A5.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

ms

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A5.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r8

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use.

ACTIVE_STATE

A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP

-

ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.

-

ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use the Event A5. -

Inactive: Event A5 is not used.

-

Active: Event A5 is used.

RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

566

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP

RSRP threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A5.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for Event A5. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A5. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A5. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A5.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A5.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for Event A5.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

567

Command Description

C2198 CHANGE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the EUTRA periodic criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN Periodic Report information registered to the specified EUTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportStrongestCells/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportCGI/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseSpare_1/

NONE

ci_Eutra PeriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongest Cells: ICIC. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved. ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. - Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used. - Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY

The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrp

REPORT_QUA NTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/

NONE

ci_same AsTriggerQuantity

568

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.

1~8

NONE

4

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

NONE

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic report.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _infinity

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.

-

ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -

Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used.

-

Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.

569

Command Description

TRIGGER_QUANTITY

The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.

REPORT_QUANTITY

The quantity information included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic report.

570

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2199 CHANGE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-B1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP], [B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the UTRA B1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN B1 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function. - ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_B1PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_B1Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use UTRA Event B1. - Inactive: UTRA Event B1 is not used. - Active: UTRA Event B1 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

B1_THRESHO LD_UTRA_RS CP

UTRA RSCP threshold used in the InterRAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1.

-5 ~ 91

NONE

80

B1_THRESHO LD_UTRA_EC_ NO

UTRA EcNO threshold used in the InterRAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1.

0 ~ 49

NONE

20

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of UTRA Event B1.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

571

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for UTRA Event B1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

NONE

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms8 0

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.

1~8

NONE

1

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

NONE

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

572

Unit

Default

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter REPORT_AMO UNT

Description

Range

The number of measurement reports for UTRA Event B1.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

Unit

Default

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r1

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function.

ACTIVE_STATE

B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP

-

ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.

-

ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use UTRA Event B1. -

Inactive: UTRA Event B1 is not used.

-

Active: UTRA Event B1 is used.

UTRA RSCP threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1.

B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1. HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of UTRA Event B1.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for UTRA Event B1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

573

Command Description

REPORT_AMOUNT

574

The number of measurement reports for UTRA Event B1.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2200 CHANGE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-B2CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP], [B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP], [B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA];

Command Description Changes the UTRA B2 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN B2 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the InterRAT handover function. - ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

ci_B2PurposeInterRatH andover/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_2/

NONE

ci_B2Pu rposeInterRatHan dover

ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use UTRA Event B2. - Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not used. - Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

B2_THRESHO LD1_RSRP

RSRP threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

0 ~ 97

dBm

70

B2_THRESHO LD1_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

0 ~ 34

dB

10

B2_THRESHO LD2_UTRA_RS CP

UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2.

-5 ~ 91

NONE

80

B2_THRESHO LD2_UTRA_EC _NO

UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2.

0 ~ 49

NONE

20

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

575

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of the UTRA Event B2.

0 ~ 30

NONE

0

TIME_TO_TRI GGER

timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/

NONE

ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms8 0

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.

1~8

NONE

1

576

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

NONE

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r1

TRIGGER_QU ANTITY_EUTR A

The EUTRA quantity used to calculate a triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2. - ci_rsrp: RSRP. - ci_rsrq: RSRQ.

ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/

NONE

ci_rsrp

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the Inter-RAT handover function.

ACTIVE_STATE

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover.

-

ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

-

ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.

Whether to use UTRA Event B2. -

Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not used.

-

Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.

577

Command Description

B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP

RSRP threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ

RSRQ threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. HYSTERESIS

Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of the UTRA Event B2.

TIME_TO_TRIGGER

timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.

MAX_REPORT_CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.

REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.

TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA

The EUTRA quantity used to calculate a triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.

578

-

ci_rsrp: RSRP.

-

ci_rsrq: RSRQ.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2201 CHANGE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];

Command Description Changes the UTRA periodic criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN Periodic Report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.

ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCells/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCellsForSON/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportCGI/

NONE

ci_RatP eriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ells: ICIC. -

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ellsForSON: SON. - ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI. ACTIVE_STAT E

Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. - Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not used. - Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Inactive

MAX_REPORT _CELL

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.

1~8

NONE

1

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

579

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

REPORT_INTE RVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.

ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/

NONE

ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240

REPORT_AMO UNT

The number of measurement reports for the UTRA periodic report.

ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/

NONE

ci_repor tAmount _r16

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

PURPOSE

The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.

ACTIVE_STATE

MAX_REPORT_CELL

580

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCellsForSON: SON.

-

ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.

Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -

Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not used.

-

Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.

The maximum number of cells included in a measurement

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

report for the UTRA periodic report. REPORT_INTERVAL

The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.

REPORT_AMOUNT

The number of measurement reports for the UTRA periodic report.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

581

Command Description

C2208 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA Command Format CHG-QUANT-EUTRA: CELL_NUM, [RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT], [RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];

Command Description Changes quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. When the Cell Num parameter value is set as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information registered to the specified cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

RSRP_FILTER _COEFFICIEN T

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.

ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/

NONE

ci_fc8

RSRQ_FILTER _COEFFICIEN T

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.

ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/

NONE

ci_fc8

Output Parameter Description

582

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.

RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2209 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA Command Format CHG-QUANT-UTRA: CELL_NUM, [MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD], [MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD], [UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];

Command Description Changes the quantity settings for UTRA FDD/TDD measurement. When the Cell Num parameter value is set as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information registered to the specified cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

MEAS_QUANTI TY_UTRA_FDD

The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. Enter this parameter to either cpich_RSCP or cpich_EcN0.

ci_cpich_RSCP/ ci_cpich_EcN0/

NONE

ci_cpich _RSCP

MEAS_QUANTI TY_UTRA_TDD

The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. This parameter can have only one value: pccpch_RSCP.

ci_pccpch_RSCP/

NONE

ci_pccp ch_RSC P

UTRA_FILTER_ COEFFICIENT

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA.

ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/

NONE

ci_fc4

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD

The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. Enter this parameter to either cpich_RSCP or cpich_EcN0.

MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD

The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. This parameter can have only one value:

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

583

Command Description

pccpch_RSCP. UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT

584

The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2215 CHANGE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-RESEL: CELL_NUM, [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE], [T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH];

Command Description Changes the UTRAN FA Reselection information. When the CELL_NUM parameter value is set as an input value, the UTRAN Reselection information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

0~8

NONE

0

T_RESELECTI ON

UTRAN FA Reselection timer value. The duration is in seconds.

0~7

sec

1

SF_USAGE

Whether to use the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. - CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used. - CI_use: Scaling factor is used.

CI_no_use/CI_use/

NONE

CI_no_u se

T_RESELECTI ON_SF_MEDIU M

The medium timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/

NONE

ci_1Dot 0

T_RESELECTI ON_SF_HIGH

The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/

NONE

ci_1Dot 0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

585

Command Description

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed or retrieved.

T_RESELECTION

UTRAN FA Reselection timer value. The duration is in seconds.

SF_USAGE

Whether to use the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. -

CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.

-

CI_use: Scaling factor is used.

T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.

586

-

ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.

-

ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2217 CHANGE ROHC INFORMATION Command Format CHG-ROHC-INF: QCI, [ROHC_SUPPORT], [MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION], [PROFILE0001], [PROFILE0002], [PROFILE0003], [PROFILE0004], [PROFILE0006], [PROFILE0101], [PROFILE0102], [PROFILE0103], [PROFILE0104];

Command Description Changes the parameter values of the RObust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. Information on whether to operate the ROHC per QoS class and the supported profile types per QoS class can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

ROHC_SUPPO RT

Whether to support the ROHC. - False: ROHC is not used (default). - True: ROHC is used.

False/True/

NONE

False

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

587

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MAX_CONTEX T_SESSION

The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per call. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are supported (default). - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs24: Up to 24 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to 128 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to 256 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to 512 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per call are supported.

ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs2/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs4/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs8/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs12/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs16/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs24/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs32/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs48/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs64/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs128/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs256/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs512/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs1024/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs16384/

NONE

ci_max ROHC_ Session s_cs16

PROFILE0001

Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/ UDP/IP). - False: The profile0001 is not supported. - True: The profile0001 is supported (default).

False/True/

NONE

True

PROFILE0002

Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/ IP). - False: The profile0002 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0002 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

True

PROFILE0003

Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/ IP). - False: The profile0003 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0003 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

PROFILE0004

Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). - False: The profile0004 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0004 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

True

588

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

PROFILE0006

Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/ IP). - False: The profile0006 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0006 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

PROFILE0101

Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/ UDP/IP). - False: The profile0101 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0101 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

PROFILE0102

Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/ IP). - False: The profile0102 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0102 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

PROFILE0103

Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/ IP). - False: The profile0103 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0103 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

PROFILE0104

Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). - False: The profile0104 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0104 is supported.

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

ROHC_SUPPORT

MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION

Whether to support the ROHC. -

False: ROHC is not used (default).

-

True: ROHC is used.

The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per call. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 sessions per call are

supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per

call are supported.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

589

Command Description

-

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are

supported (default). -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs24: Up to 24 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 sessions per call are

supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to 128 sessions per call

are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to 256 sessions per call

are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to 512 sessions per call

are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call

are supported. -

ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per

call are supported. PROFILE0001

PROFILE0002

PROFILE0003

PROFILE0004

PROFILE0006

590

Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0001 is not supported.

-

True: The profile0001 is supported (default).

Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0002 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0002 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/IP). -

False: The profile0003 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0003 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). -

False: The profile0004 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0004 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/IP). -

False: The profile0006 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0006 is supported.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

PROFILE0101

PROFILE0102

PROFILE0103

PROFILE0104

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0101 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0101 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/IP). -

False: The profile0102 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0102 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/IP). -

False: The profile0103 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0103 is supported.

Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). -

False: The profile0104 is not supported (default).

-

True: The profile0104 is supported.

591

Command Description

C2218 CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SECU-INF: [INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR], [CIPHER_EA_PRIOR];

Command Description Changes the preferred integrity protection algorithm and ciphering algorithm of the eNB. When the DB Index parameter value is set as an input value, the preferred integrity protection algorithm and ciphering algorithm can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

INTEGRITY_E A_PRIOR

The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB. - EIA0: NULL. - EIA1: SNOW 3G. - EIA2: AES.

EIA0/EIA1/EIA2/

NONE

EIA2

CIPHER_EA_P RIOR

The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB. - EEA0: NULL. - EEA1: SNOW 3G. - EEA2: AES.

EEA0/EEA1/EEA2/

NONE

EEA2

Output Parameter Description INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR

CIPHER_EA_PRIOR

592

The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB. -

EIA0: NULL.

-

EIA1: SNOW 3G.

-

EIA2: AES.

The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB. -

EEA0: NULL.

-

EEA1: SNOW 3G.

-

EEA2: AES.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2220 CHANGE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [IP_VER], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [REMOTE_FLAG];

Command Description Changes the neighboring eNB information required to operate a Neighbor eNB. This command can change the neighboring eNB information by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

NBR_ENB_IND EX

Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

The validity of the neighboring eNB information. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

NO_X2

Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. - False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made. - True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.

False/True/

NONE

False

NO_HO

Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. - False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed. - True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.

False/True/

NONE

False

ENB_ID

The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.

0 ~ 268435455

NONE

0

ENB_TYPE

eNB type of the neighboring eNB. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/

NONE

ci_Macr o_eNB

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

593

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ENB_MCC

The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

IP_VER

The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

NBR_ENB_IPV 4

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

NBR_ENB_IPV 6

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 4

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 6

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status

locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/

NONE

unlocke d

REMOTE_FLA G

This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX

Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.

STATUS

NO_X2

NO_HO

ENB_ID

The validity of the neighboring eNB information. -

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. -

False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.

-

True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.

Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. -

False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.

-

True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.

The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.

594

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

ENB_TYPE

ENB_MCC

eNB type of the neighboring eNB. -

ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.

-

ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

IP_VER

The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.

NBR_ENB_IPV4

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

NBR_ENB_IPV6

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status

REMOTE_FLAG

This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

595

Command Description

C2221 CHANGE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION Command Format CHG-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [FEMTO_INDICATOR], [VIRTUAL_INDICATOR], [TARGET_CELL_NUM], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET], [QOFFSET_CELL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED];

Command Description Changes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

RELATION_IDX

Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

ENB_ID

The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

0 ~ 268435455

NONE

0

FEMTO_INDIC ATOR

The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Femto cell. - False: Marco cell.

False/True/

NONE

False

VIRTUAL_INDI CATOR

The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Cloud macro cell. - False: General macro cell.

False/True/

NONE

False

596

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TARGET_CELL _NUM

The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

ENB_TYPE

The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/

NONE

ci_Macr o_eNB

ENB_MCC

The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

PHY_CELL_ID

The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 503

NONE

1

TAC

The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

H'0000 ~ H'FFFF

NONE

H'0000

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

597

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

EARFCN_UL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

19600

EARFCN_DL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

1600

BANDWIDTH_ UL

The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/

NONE

ci_Syste mBand width_n 50

BANDWIDTH_ DL

The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/

NONE

ci_Syste mBand width_n 50

598

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

IND_OFFSET

The cell individual offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.

ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/

dB

ci_dB0

QOFFSET_CE LL

The cell quality offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.

ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/

dB

ci_dB0

IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

False/True/

NONE

True

IS_HOALLOWE D

Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.

False/True/

NONE

True

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RELATION_IDX

Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.

STATUS

The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. -

N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is

invalid ID. - EQUIP:

The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid

ID.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

599

Command Description

ENB_ID

The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

FEMTO_INDICATOR

VIRTUAL_INDICATOR

TARGET_CELL_NUM

The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -

True: Femto cell.

-

False: Marco cell.

The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -

True: Cloud macro cell.

-

False: General macro cell.

The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

ENB_TYPE

The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs.

ENB_MCC

-

ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.

-

ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

PHY_CELL_ID

The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

TAC

The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

600

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

EARFCN_UL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

601

Command Description

EARFCN_DL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

BANDWIDTH_UL

The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

BANDWIDTH_DL

The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

IND_OFFSET

The cell individual offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.

QOFFSET_CELL

The cell quality offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.

IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.

IS_HOALLOWED

602

-

True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.

-

False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. -

True: Handover is allowed.

-

False: Handover is not allowed.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2222 CHANGE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [RNC_ID], [C_ID], [LAC], [RAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [P_SCM_CODE], [CELL_PARA_ID], [ARFCN_UL], [ARFCN_DL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [VOIP_INCAPABLE], [RIM_SUPPORT], [HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB];

Command Description Changes information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change information on UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

RELATION_IDX

Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

RNC_ID

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 4095

NONE

0

C_ID

CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

LAC

The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

RAC

The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

603

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

DUPLEX_TYPE

The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

ci_FDD/ci_TDD/

NONE

ci_FDD

P_SCM_CODE

The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.

0 ~ 511

NONE

0

604

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_PARA_I D

The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

ARFCN_UL

The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 16383

NONE

0

ARFCN_DL

The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 16383

NONE

0

IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

False/True/

NONE

True

IS_HOALLOWE D

Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.

False/True/

NONE

True

VOIP_INCAPA BLE

Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: VoIP is support. - False: VoIP is not supported.

False/True/

NONE

True

RIM_SUPPORT

Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. - False : RIM is not support. - True : RIM is support.

False/True/

NONE

False

HIGH_PRIORIT Y_FOR_CSFB

Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RELATION_IDX

Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.

STATUS

The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. -

N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid

ID. -

EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

RNC_ID

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

C_ID

CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

LAC

The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

605

Command Description

RAC

The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

606

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

DUPLEX_TYPE

P_SCM_CODE

The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. -

ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

-

ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.

CELL_PARA_ID

The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.

ARFCN_UL

The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

ARFCN_DL

The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.

IS_HOALLOWED

-

True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.

-

False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. -

True: Handover is allowed.

-

False: Handover is not allowed.

RIM_STATUS

This parameter shown RIM Association Status

VOIP_INCAPABLE

Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell.

RIM_SUPPORT

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

-

True: VoIP is support.

-

False: VoIP is not supported.

Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. -

False : RIM is not support.

-

True : RIM is support.

607

Command Description

HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB

Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO

608

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2225 CHANGE MME CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-MME-CONF: MME_INDEX, [STATUS], [ACTIVE_STATE], [IP_VER], [MME_IPV4], [MME_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV4], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV6];

Command Description Changes the MME-related parameter values. MME Equip, activesState indicating whether S1 is used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP can be changed. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MME_INDEX

The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.

0 ~ 15

NONE

0

STATUS

The EQUIP status information on the MME. - N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default). - EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

ACTIVE_STAT E

The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an undesired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive. The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is better not to change this parameter value to inactive. - Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used. - Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.

Inactive/Active/

NONE

Active

IP_VER

The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is assigned.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

MME_IPV4

Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

MME_IPV6

Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

609

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

The status of the MME link. - locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are all dropped, and new call connections are not possible. - unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal. - shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible.

locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/

NONE

unlocke d

SECONDARY_ MME_IPV4

The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

SECONDARY_ MME_IPV6

The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

Output Parameter Description MME_INDEX

The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.

STATUS

ACTIVE_STATE

The EQUIP status information on the MME. -

N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default).

-

EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.

The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an undesired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive. The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is better not to change this parameter value to inactive.

IP_VER

-

Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used.

-

Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.

The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is assigned.

MME_IPV4

Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

MME_IPV6

610

Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

The status of the MME link. -

locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are

all dropped, and new call connections are not possible. -

unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal.

-

shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the

MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible. SECONDARY_MME_IPV4

The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.

SECONDARY_MME_IPV6

The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

611

Command Description

C2226 CHANGE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS Command Format CHG-SONFN-CELL: CELL_NUM, [ANR_ENABLE], [INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRAN], [MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLE], [MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [RACH_OPT_ENABLE], [PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLE], [IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE];

Command Description Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes, which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Function Off and Auto Apply. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

ANR_ENABLE

Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: The ANR function is dis-

sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonAutoApply

sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonFuncOff

abled except for the NR deletion (X2based). - sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are performed automatically. The management of HO Black List and NR deletion are performed manually. - sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automatically. INTER_RAT_A NR_ENABLE_ UTRAN

612

Controls SON Inter-RAT ANR for URTAN (WCDMA). - sonFuncOff: The Inter-RAT ANR function is disabled. -sonManualApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically. - sonAutoApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

MOBILITY_RO BUSTNESS_E NABLE

Whether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized function (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

MOBILITY_LO AD_BALANCE_ ENABLE

Unit

Default

sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonFuncOff

Whether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonFuncOff

BLANKING_LO AD_BALANCE_ ENABLE

Whether to enable the Blanking Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonFuncOff

RACH_OPT_E NABLE

Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonFuncOff

PICO_SUBBAN D_BLANKING_ ENABLE

Whether to enable the Pico Subband Load Balancing function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonFuncOff

IDLE_MODE_L OAD_BALANC E_ENABLE

Whether to enable the Idle Mode Load Balancing function.

sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonManualApply

SON_SRS_FU NC_ENABLE

Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/

NONE

sonAutoApply

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

613

Command Description

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

ANR_ENABLE

Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled except for the NR

deletion (X2-based). -

sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-

formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and NR deletion are performed manually. -

sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing

HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automatically. INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRANControls SON Inter-RAT ANR for URTAN (WCDMA). -

sonFuncOff: The Inter-RAT ANR function is disabled.

-sonManualApply:

The NR Adding is performed automati-

cally. -

sonAutoApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically.

MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Blanking Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

614

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

RACH_OPT_ENABLE

Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLEWhether to enable the Pico Subband Load Balancing function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically. IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Idle Mode Load Balancing function. SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE

Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON functions). -

OFF: The function is turned off.

-

Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an

algorithm, this change is applied automatically.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

615

Command Description

C2227 CHANGE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-DLICIC: CELL_NUM, [DL_ICIC_TYPE];

Command Description Changes information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

cell index (number)

0~8

NONE

0

DL_ICIC_TYPE

The DL ICIC type is specified. - sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is

sonIcicDlNone/ sonIcicDlDynamicStd/ sonIcicDlDynamicSamsung/

NONE

sonIcic DlNone

not performed. The UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions. - sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is performed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE location for performing the power control function.

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

cell index (number)

DL_ICIC_TYPE

The DL ICIC type is specified. -

sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is not performed. The

UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions. -

sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-

formed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE location for performing the power control function.

616

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2228 CHANGE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-ULICIC: CELL_NUM, [UL_ICIC_TYPE];

Command Description Changes information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

0~8

NONE

0

UL_ICIC_TYPE

The UL ICIC type is specified. - sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The UE performs the power control function with the specified conditions. - sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is performed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for performing the power control function.

sonIcicUlNone/ sonIcicUlDynamicStd/ sonIcicUlDynamicSamsung/

NONE

sonIcic UlNone

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number for which the command was executed.

UL_ICIC_TYPE

The UL ICIC type is specified. -

sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The

UE performs the power control function with the specified conditions. -

sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-

formed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for performing the power control function.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

617

Command Description

C2231 CHANGE SON MRO Command Format CHG-SON-MRO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI], [N_HANDOVER_THRESH], [OFFSET_MAX], [OFFSET_MIN];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required for Mobility Robustness Optimization (MRO). A period of time to collect statistics related to handover data for MRO operation, criteria related to KPI and handover attempts for triggering MRO, minimum/maximum offset values that can be changed through MRO, flags and parameter values for turning on/off the ping-pong optimization and the TTT optimization can be changed. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: mobilityRobustnessEnable:= 1 (Manual Apply) or 2 (Automatic Apply). TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

T_PERIOD

The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of one_day/one_week, by default/one_month) used to trigger the handover parameter control. - one_day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 day. - one_week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 week. - one_month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for one_month.

one_day/one_week/ one_month/

NONE

one_we ek

T_PERIOD_TE MP

The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. - one_hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 hour. - one_day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 week.

one_hour/one_day/ one_week/

NONE

one_da y

618

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

HANDOVER_S UCCESS_KPI

The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the handover success rate is lower than this threshold.

90.000000 ~ 100.000000

0.1(%)

99.0000 00

N_HANDOVER _THRESH

The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is lower than this threshold.

0 ~ 100000

1

10000

OFFSET_MAX

The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower than this maximum value, it is valid ID.

0 ~ 39

1(dB)

5

OFFSET_MIN

The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher than this minimum value, it is valid ID.

-39 ~ 0

1(dB)

0

Output Parameter Description T_PERIOD

The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of one_day/one_week, by default/one_month) used to trigger the handover parameter control. -

one_day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-

lected for 1 day. - one_week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-

lected for 1 week. -

one_month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics

collected for 1 month. T_PERIOD_TEMP

The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. - one_hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics

collected for 1 hour. -

one_day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics

collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics

collected for 1 week. HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI

The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the handover success rate is lower than this threshold.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

619

Command Description

N_HANDOVER_THRESH

The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is lower than this threshold.

OFFSET_MAX

The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower than this maximum value, it is valid ID.

OFFSET_MIN

The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher than this minimum value, it is valid ID.

620

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2232 CHANGE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CLOCK-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [CLOCK_ADVANCE], [CLOCK_RETARD];

Command Description Changes the parameter values required for the Modem/DSP clock advance/retard settings. A period of time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered in the clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if increasing the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

CLOCK_ADVA NCE

The clock advance value in ns.

0 ~ 137875

ns

137875

CLOCK_RETA RD

The clock retard value in ns.

0 ~ 137875

ns

137875

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

CLOCK_ADVANCE

The clock advance value in ns.

CLOCK_RETARD

The clock retard value in ns.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

621

Command Description

C2233 CHANGE QCI BH BW INFORMATION Command Format CHG-BHBW-QCI: QCI, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];

Command Description Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

30

BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

35

BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

30

622

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

35

OVER_BOOKI NG_RATIO

The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

1.0 ~ 10.0

NONE

1.0

Output Parameter Description QCI

QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.

BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

623

Command Description

OVER_BOOKING_RATIO

The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

624

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2234 CHANGE SCTP PARAMETER Command Format CHG-SCTP-PARA: [MME_FAILOVER_TIMER], [HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL], [NUM_PATH_RE_TX], [RTO_INITIAL], [RTO_MIN], [RTO_MAX], [CONNECT_INTERVAL];

Command Description Changes the SCTP-related parameter values. The changed values are necessary for the SCTP to establish/maintain a connection with a peer. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

MME_FAILOVE R_TIMER

The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.

1 ~ 30

sec

10

HEART_BEAT_ INTERVAL

The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.

100 ~ 60000

msec

1500

NUM_PATH_R E_TX

The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is disconnected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during specified (numPathReTx) attempts.

1 ~ 100

count

5

RTO_INITIAL

The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the RTT by packet transmission is measured.

100 ~ 60000

msec

1000

RTO_MIN

The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.

100 ~ 60000

msec

1000

RTO_MAX

The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.

100 ~ 60000

msec

1400

CONNECT_INT ERVAL

The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in PLD in seconds.

1 ~ 10

sec

4

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

Unit

Default

625

Command Description

Output Parameter Description MME_FAILOVER_TIMER

The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.

HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL

The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.

NUM_PATH_RE_TX

The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is disconnected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during specified (numPathReTx) attempts.

RTO_INITIAL

The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the RTT by packet transmission is measured.

RTO_MIN

The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.

RTO_MAX

The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.

CONNECT_INTERVAL

The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in PLD in seconds.

626

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2235 CHANGE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION Command Format CHG-BHBW-SVCGR: SERVICE_GROUP, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];

Command Description Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

SERVICE_GRO UP

Service group. - voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. - videoService: Service group that uses the video service.

BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL

Unit

Default

voipService/videoService/

NONE

voipService

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

30

BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

35

BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

30

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

Range

627

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO

The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

0 ~ 100

%

35

OVER_BOOKI NG_RATIO

The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when operating backhaulbased CAC per service group.

1.0 ~ 10.0

NONE

1.0

Output Parameter Description SERVICE_GROUP

Service group. -

voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet

Protocol (VoIP) service. -

videoService: Service group that uses the video service.

BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

628

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

OVER_BOOKING_RATIO

The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when operating backhaul-based CAC per service group.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

629

Command Description

C2236 CHANGE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-SO: [TX_TBMAX], [RX_TBMAX];

Command Description Changes the parameter values related to SON self-optimization. The following functions are related to the parameters that can be retrieved: - RRH Optic delay compensation measures RRHspecific optical delay when initially installing RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX values that can be retrieved by using this command are necessary to calculate the time buffer. - Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command. If the value is SON FuncOff, the compensation function is not executed. If the value is sonAutoApply, the compensation function is executed. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameter values can be retrieved using the RTRV-SON-SO command. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter TX_TBMAX

630

Description Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

Range

Unit

Default

19600 ~ 200000

nanosecond

140375

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter RX_TBMAX

Description The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

Range

Unit

Default

14400 ~ 200000

nanosecond

140375

Output Parameter Description TX_TBMAX

Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

RX_TBMAX

The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

631

Command Description

C2237 CHANGE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SIGDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];

Command Description Changes Signal DSCP Data in the eNB. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CLASS_ID

Description

Range

It is Signal Class ID within the eNB.

Unit

Default

0~2

NONE

0

0 ~ 63

NONE

40

- 0 : S1 Signaling. -1 : X2 Signaling. -2 : S1/X2-U management

DSCP

DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.

Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID

It is Signal Class ID within the eNB. -

DSCP

632

0 : S1 Signaling.

-1

: X2 Signaling.

-2

: S1/X2-U management

DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2238 CREATE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI], [PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];

Command Description Creates the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The information on the blacklist cell for each cell in the eNB. The information is sent to the UE when executing a basic call. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

BLACK_LIST_I DX

Index for the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

Whether tuple information is valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

STATUS

- N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.

PCI_TYPE

Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. - ci_singlePci: Single PCI. - ci_rangedPci: PCI range.

ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/

NONE

ci_singl ePci

START_PCI

The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 503

NONE

0

PCI_RANGE

Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.

ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/

NONE

ci_rang ePCI_n 4

EARFCN_UL

Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

19600

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

633

Command Description

Parameter EARFCN_DL

Description

Range

Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

Unit

0 ~ 65535

NONE

Default 1600

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

BLACK_LIST_IDX

Index for the blacklist cell.

STATUS

Whether tuple information is valid ID.

PCI_TYPE

-

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. -

ci_singlePci: Single PCI.

-

ci_rangedPci: PCI range.

START_PCI

The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.

PCI_RANGE

Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.

EARFCN_UL

Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

EARFCN_DL

Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

634

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2239 RETRIEVE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SIGDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];

Command Description Retrieves Signal DSCP Data in the eNB. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter CLASS_ID

Description

Range

It is Signal Class ID within the eNB.

0~2

Unit NONE

Defaul t 0

- 0 : S1 Signaling. -1 : X2 Signaling. -2 : S1/X2-U management

Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID

It is Signal Class ID within the eNB. -

DSCP

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

0 : S1 Signaling.

-1

: X2 Signaling.

-2

: S1/X2-U management

DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.

635

Command Description

C2244 CREATE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [IP_VER], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [OWNER_TYPE], [REMOTE_FLAG];

Command Description Creates information on the neighboring eNB for operation. The user can create information on the neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

NBR_ENB_IND EX

Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

The validity of the neighboring eNB information. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

NO_X2

Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. - False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made. - True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.

False/True/

NONE

False

NO_HO

Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. - False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed. - True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.

False/True/

NONE

False

ENB_ID

The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.

0 ~ 268435455

NONE

0

ENB_TYPE

eNB type of the neighboring eNB. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/

NONE

ci_Macr o_eNB

636

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

ENB_MCC

The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

IP_VER

The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.

IPV4/IPV6/

NONE

IPV4

NBR_ENB_IPV 4

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

NBR_ENB_IPV 6

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 4

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

IPv4 Address

NONE

-

SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 6

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

IPv6 Address

NONE

-

ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE

This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status

locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/

NONE

unlocke d

OWNER_TYPE

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.

NoneType/InitialNRT/ AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ CreatedByUserCommand/CreatedByUserUI/

NONE

CreatedByUserCo mmand

REMOTE_FLA G

This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX

Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.

STATUS

NO_X2

NO_HO

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

The validity of the neighboring eNB information. -

N_EQUIP: Invalid ID

-

EQUIP: Valid ID.

Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. -

False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.

-

True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.

Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. -

False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.

-

True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.

637

Command Description

ENB_ID

The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.

ENB_TYPE

ENB_MCC

eNB type of the neighboring eNB. -

ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.

-

ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

IP_VER

The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.

NBR_ENB_IPV4

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

NBR_ENB_IPV6

Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.

SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6

Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE

This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status

OWNER_TYPE

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.

REMOTE_FLAG

This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS

638

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C2245 CREATE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [FEMTO_INDICATOR], [VIRTUAL_INDICATOR], [TARGET_CELL_NUM], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET], [QOFFSET_CELL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [OWNER_TYPE];

Command Description Creates information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

RELATION_IDX

Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

ENB_ID

The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

0 ~ 268435455

NONE

0

FEMTO_INDIC ATOR

The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Femto cell. - False: Marco cell.

False/True/

NONE

False

VIRTUAL_INDI CATOR

The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Cloud macro cell. - False: General macro cell.

False/True/

NONE

False

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

639

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

TARGET_CELL _NUM

The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

ENB_TYPE

The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/

NONE

ci_Macr o_eNB

ENB_MCC

The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

PHY_CELL_ID

The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 503

NONE

1

TAC

The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

H'0000 ~ H'FFFF

NONE

H'0000

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

640

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

EARFCN_UL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

19600

EARFCN_DL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

1600

BANDWIDTH_ UL

The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/

NONE

ci_Syste mBand width_n 50

BANDWIDTH_ DL

The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/

NONE

ci_Syste mBand width_n 50

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

641

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

IND_OFFSET

The cell individual offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.

ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/

dB

ci_dB0

QOFFSET_CE LL

The cell quality offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.

ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/

dB

ci_dB0

IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

False/True/

NONE

True

IS_HOALLOWE D

Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.

False/True/

NONE

True

OWNER_TYPE

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.

NoneType/InitialNRT/ AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ CreatedByUserCommand/CreatedByUserUI/

NONE

CreatedByUserCo mmand

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RELATION_IDX

Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.

STATUS

The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. -

642

N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

invalid ID. - EQUIP:

The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid

ID. ENB_ID

The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

FEMTO_INDICATOR

VIRTUAL_INDICATOR

TARGET_CELL_NUM

The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -

True: Femto cell.

-

False: Marco cell.

The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -

True: Cloud macro cell.

-

False: General macro cell.

The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.

ENB_TYPE

The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs.

ENB_MCC

-

ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.

-

ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.

The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

ENB_MNC

The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

PHY_CELL_ID

The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

TAC

The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

643

Command Description

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit num-

644

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

ber with each digit being from 0 to 9. EARFCN_UL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

EARFCN_DL

The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

BANDWIDTH_UL

The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

BANDWIDTH_DL

The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

IND_OFFSET

The cell individual offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.

QOFFSET_CELL

The cell quality offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.

IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.

IS_HOALLOWED

OWNER_TYPE

-

True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.

-

False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. -

True: Handover is allowed.

-

False: Handover is not allowed.

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

645

Command Description

C2246 CREATE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [RNC_ID], [C_ID], [LAC], [RAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [P_SCM_CODE], [CELL_PARA_ID], [ARFCN_UL], [ARFCN_DL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [VOIP_INCAPABLE], [RIM_SUPPORT], [OWNER_TYPE], [HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB];

Command Description Creates information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information on UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults. TIMEOUT

10

Input Parameter Description Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

0~8

NONE

0

RELATION_IDX

Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

STATUS

The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

N_EQUIP/EQUIP/

NONE

N_EQUI P

RNC_ID

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 4095

NONE

0

C_ID

CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

LAC

The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 65535

NONE

0

RAC

The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 255

NONE

0

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

450

646

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

08

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC3

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC4

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MCC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

MNC5

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

3

NONE

FFF

DUPLEX_TYPE

The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.

ci_FDD/ci_TDD/

NONE

ci_FDD

P_SCM_CODE

The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.

0 ~ 511

NONE

0

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

647

Command Description

Parameter

Description

Range

Unit

Default

CELL_PARA_I D

The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.

0 ~ 127

NONE

0

ARFCN_UL

The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 16383

NONE

0

ARFCN_DL

The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

0 ~ 16383

NONE

0

IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED

Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.

False/True/

NONE

True

IS_HOALLOWE D

Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.

False/True/

NONE

True

VOIP_INCAPA BLE

Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: VoIP is support. - False: VoIP is not supported.

False/True/

NONE

True

RIM_SUPPORT

Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. - False : RIM is not support. - True : RIM is support.

False/True/

NONE

False

OWNER_TYPE

This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.

NoneType/InitialNRT/ AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ CreatedByUserCommand/CreatedByUserUI/

NONE

CreatedByUserCo mmandvalid ID

HIGH_PRIORIT Y_FOR_CSFB

Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO

False/True/

NONE

False

Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM

The cell number to be changed.

RELATION_IDX

Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.

STATUS

The valid IDity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. -

N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid

ID. -

RNC_ID

648

EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.

RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.

LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0

C_ID

CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

LAC

The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

RAC

The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.

MCC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC0

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC1

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MCC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.

MNC2

The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN n